Title: 'Amazon Web Services' Application Integration Services
Version: 0.9.0
Description: Interface to 'Amazon Web Services' application integration services, including 'Simple Queue Service' ('SQS') message queue, 'Simple Notification Service' ('SNS') publish/subscribe messaging, and more https://aws.amazon.com/.
License: Apache License (≥ 2.0)
URL: https://github.com/paws-r/paws, https://paws-r.r-universe.dev/paws.application.integration
BugReports: https://github.com/paws-r/paws/issues
Imports: paws.common (≥ 0.8.0)
Suggests: testthat
Encoding: UTF-8
RoxygenNote: 7.3.2
Collate: 'eventbridge_service.R' 'eventbridge_interfaces.R' 'eventbridge_operations.R' 'eventbridgepipes_service.R' 'eventbridgepipes_interfaces.R' 'eventbridgepipes_operations.R' 'eventbridgescheduler_service.R' 'eventbridgescheduler_interfaces.R' 'eventbridgescheduler_operations.R' 'locationservice_service.R' 'locationservice_interfaces.R' 'locationservice_operations.R' 'mq_service.R' 'mq_interfaces.R' 'mq_operations.R' 'mwaa_service.R' 'mwaa_interfaces.R' 'mwaa_operations.R' 'reexports_paws.common.R' 'resourceexplorer_service.R' 'resourceexplorer_interfaces.R' 'resourceexplorer_operations.R' 'schemas_service.R' 'schemas_interfaces.R' 'schemas_operations.R' 'sfn_service.R' 'sfn_interfaces.R' 'sfn_operations.R' 'sns_service.R' 'sns_interfaces.R' 'sns_operations.R' 'sqs_service.R' 'sqs_interfaces.R' 'sqs_operations.R' 'swf_service.R' 'swf_interfaces.R' 'swf_operations.R'
NeedsCompilation: no
Packaged: 2025-03-14 09:19:27 UTC; dyfanjones
Author: David Kretch [aut], Adam Banker [aut], Dyfan Jones [cre], Amazon.com, Inc. [cph]
Maintainer: Dyfan Jones <dyfan.r.jones@gmail.com>
Repository: CRAN
Date/Publication: 2025-03-14 12:20:02 UTC

Amazon EventBridge

Description

Amazon EventBridge helps you to respond to state changes in your Amazon Web Services resources. When your resources change state, they automatically send events to an event stream. You can create rules that match selected events in the stream and route them to targets to take action. You can also use rules to take action on a predetermined schedule. For example, you can configure rules to:

For more information about the features of Amazon EventBridge, see the Amazon EventBridge User Guide.

Usage

eventbridge(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- eventbridge(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

activate_event_source Activates a partner event source that has been deactivated
cancel_replay Cancels the specified replay
create_api_destination Creates an API destination, which is an HTTP invocation endpoint configured as a target for events
create_archive Creates an archive of events with the specified settings
create_connection Creates a connection
create_endpoint Creates a global endpoint
create_event_bus Creates a new event bus within your account
create_partner_event_source Called by an SaaS partner to create a partner event source
deactivate_event_source You can use this operation to temporarily stop receiving events from the specified partner event source
deauthorize_connection Removes all authorization parameters from the connection
delete_api_destination Deletes the specified API destination
delete_archive Deletes the specified archive
delete_connection Deletes a connection
delete_endpoint Delete an existing global endpoint
delete_event_bus Deletes the specified custom event bus or partner event bus
delete_partner_event_source This operation is used by SaaS partners to delete a partner event source
delete_rule Deletes the specified rule
describe_api_destination Retrieves details about an API destination
describe_archive Retrieves details about an archive
describe_connection Retrieves details about a connection
describe_endpoint Get the information about an existing global endpoint
describe_event_bus Displays details about an event bus in your account
describe_event_source This operation lists details about a partner event source that is shared with your account
describe_partner_event_source An SaaS partner can use this operation to list details about a partner event source that they have created
describe_replay Retrieves details about a replay
describe_rule Describes the specified rule
disable_rule Disables the specified rule
enable_rule Enables the specified rule
list_api_destinations Retrieves a list of API destination in the account in the current Region
list_archives Lists your archives
list_connections Retrieves a list of connections from the account
list_endpoints List the global endpoints associated with this account
list_event_buses Lists all the event buses in your account, including the default event bus, custom event buses, and partner event buses
list_event_sources You can use this to see all the partner event sources that have been shared with your Amazon Web Services account
list_partner_event_source_accounts An SaaS partner can use this operation to display the Amazon Web Services account ID that a particular partner event source name is associated with
list_partner_event_sources An SaaS partner can use this operation to list all the partner event source names that they have created
list_replays Lists your replays
list_rule_names_by_target Lists the rules for the specified target
list_rules Lists your Amazon EventBridge rules
list_tags_for_resource Displays the tags associated with an EventBridge resource
list_targets_by_rule Lists the targets assigned to the specified rule
put_events Sends custom events to Amazon EventBridge so that they can be matched to rules
put_partner_events This is used by SaaS partners to write events to a customer's partner event bus
put_permission Running PutPermission permits the specified Amazon Web Services account or Amazon Web Services organization to put events to the specified event bus
put_rule Creates or updates the specified rule
put_targets Adds the specified targets to the specified rule, or updates the targets if they are already associated with the rule
remove_permission Revokes the permission of another Amazon Web Services account to be able to put events to the specified event bus
remove_targets Removes the specified targets from the specified rule
start_replay Starts the specified replay
tag_resource Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified EventBridge resource
test_event_pattern Tests whether the specified event pattern matches the provided event
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from the specified EventBridge resource
update_api_destination Updates an API destination
update_archive Updates the specified archive
update_connection Updates settings for a connection
update_endpoint Update an existing endpoint
update_event_bus Updates the specified event bus

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- eventbridge()
svc$activate_event_source(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Activates a partner event source that has been deactivated

Description

Activates a partner event source that has been deactivated. Once activated, your matching event bus will start receiving events from the event source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_activate_event_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_activate_event_source(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the partner event source to activate.


Cancels the specified replay

Description

Cancels the specified replay.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_cancel_replay/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_cancel_replay(ReplayName)

Arguments

ReplayName

[required] The name of the replay to cancel.


Creates an API destination, which is an HTTP invocation endpoint configured as a target for events

Description

Creates an API destination, which is an HTTP invocation endpoint configured as a target for events.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_create_api_destination/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_create_api_destination(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  ConnectionArn,
  InvocationEndpoint,
  HttpMethod,
  InvocationRateLimitPerSecond = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name for the API destination to create.

Description

A description for the API destination to create.

ConnectionArn

[required] The ARN of the connection to use for the API destination. The destination endpoint must support the authorization type specified for the connection.

InvocationEndpoint

[required] The URL to the HTTP invocation endpoint for the API destination.

HttpMethod

[required] The method to use for the request to the HTTP invocation endpoint.

InvocationRateLimitPerSecond

The maximum number of requests per second to send to the HTTP invocation endpoint.


Creates an archive of events with the specified settings

Description

Creates an archive of events with the specified settings. When you create an archive, incoming events might not immediately start being sent to the archive. Allow a short period of time for changes to take effect. If you do not specify a pattern to filter events sent to the archive, all events are sent to the archive except replayed events. Replayed events are not sent to an archive.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_create_archive/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_create_archive(
  ArchiveName,
  EventSourceArn,
  Description = NULL,
  EventPattern = NULL,
  RetentionDays = NULL
)

Arguments

ArchiveName

[required] The name for the archive to create.

EventSourceArn

[required] The ARN of the event bus that sends events to the archive.

Description

A description for the archive.

EventPattern

An event pattern to use to filter events sent to the archive.

RetentionDays

The number of days to retain events for. Default value is 0. If set to 0, events are retained indefinitely


Creates a connection

Description

Creates a connection. A connection defines the authorization type and credentials to use for authorization with an API destination HTTP endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_create_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_create_connection(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  AuthorizationType,
  AuthParameters,
  InvocationConnectivityParameters = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name for the connection to create.

Description

A description for the connection to create.

AuthorizationType

[required] The type of authorization to use for the connection.

OAUTH tokens are refreshed when a 401 or 407 response is returned.

AuthParameters

[required] The authorization parameters to use to authorize with the endpoint.

You must include only authorization parameters for the AuthorizationType you specify.

InvocationConnectivityParameters

For connections to private resource endpoints, the parameters to use for invoking the resource endpoint.

For more information, see Connecting to private resources in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide .


Creates a global endpoint

Description

Creates a global endpoint. Global endpoints improve your application's availability by making it regional-fault tolerant. To do this, you define a primary and secondary Region with event buses in each Region. You also create a Amazon Route 53 health check that will tell EventBridge to route events to the secondary Region when an "unhealthy" state is encountered and events will be routed back to the primary Region when the health check reports a "healthy" state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_create_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_create_endpoint(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  RoutingConfig,
  ReplicationConfig = NULL,
  EventBuses,
  RoleArn = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the global endpoint. For example, "Name":"us-east-2-custom_bus_A-endpoint".

Description

A description of the global endpoint.

RoutingConfig

[required] Configure the routing policy, including the health check and secondary Region..

ReplicationConfig

Enable or disable event replication. The default state is ENABLED which means you must supply a RoleArn. If you don't have a RoleArn or you don't want event replication enabled, set the state to DISABLED.

EventBuses

[required] Define the event buses used.

The names of the event buses must be identical in each Region.

RoleArn

The ARN of the role used for replication.


Creates a new event bus within your account

Description

Creates a new event bus within your account. This can be a custom event bus which you can use to receive events from your custom applications and services, or it can be a partner event bus which can be matched to a partner event source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_create_event_bus/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_create_event_bus(
  Name,
  EventSourceName = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  KmsKeyIdentifier = NULL,
  DeadLetterConfig = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the new event bus.

Custom event bus names can't contain the / character, but you can use the / character in partner event bus names. In addition, for partner event buses, the name must exactly match the name of the partner event source that this event bus is matched to.

You can't use the name default for a custom event bus, as this name is already used for your account's default event bus.

EventSourceName

If you are creating a partner event bus, this specifies the partner event source that the new event bus will be matched with.

Description

The event bus description.

KmsKeyIdentifier

The identifier of the KMS customer managed key for EventBridge to use, if you choose to use a customer managed key to encrypt events on this event bus. The identifier can be the key Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KeyId, key alias, or key alias ARN.

If you do not specify a customer managed key identifier, EventBridge uses an Amazon Web Services owned key to encrypt events on the event bus.

For more information, see Managing keys in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

Archives and schema discovery are not supported for event buses encrypted using a customer managed key. EventBridge returns an error if:

  • You call create_archive on an event bus set to use a customer managed key for encryption.

  • You call CreateDiscoverer on an event bus set to use a customer managed key for encryption.

  • You call UpdatedEventBus to set a customer managed key on an event bus with an archives or schema discovery enabled.

To enable archives or schema discovery on an event bus, choose to use an Amazon Web Services owned key. For more information, see Data encryption in EventBridge in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide.

DeadLetterConfig
Tags

Tags to associate with the event bus.


Called by an SaaS partner to create a partner event source

Description

Called by an SaaS partner to create a partner event source. This operation is not used by Amazon Web Services customers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_create_partner_event_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_create_partner_event_source(Name, Account)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the partner event source. This name must be unique and must be in the format partner_name/event_namespace/event_name. The Amazon Web Services account that wants to use this partner event source must create a partner event bus with a name that matches the name of the partner event source.

Account

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID that is permitted to create a matching partner event bus for this partner event source.


You can use this operation to temporarily stop receiving events from the specified partner event source

Description

You can use this operation to temporarily stop receiving events from the specified partner event source. The matching event bus is not deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_deactivate_event_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_deactivate_event_source(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the partner event source to deactivate.


Removes all authorization parameters from the connection

Description

Removes all authorization parameters from the connection. This lets you remove the secret from the connection so you can reuse it without having to create a new connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_deauthorize_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_deauthorize_connection(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the connection to remove authorization from.


Deletes the specified API destination

Description

Deletes the specified API destination.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_delete_api_destination/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_delete_api_destination(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the destination to delete.


Deletes the specified archive

Description

Deletes the specified archive.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_delete_archive/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_delete_archive(ArchiveName)

Arguments

ArchiveName

[required] The name of the archive to delete.


Deletes a connection

Description

Deletes a connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_delete_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_delete_connection(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the connection to delete.


Delete an existing global endpoint

Description

Delete an existing global endpoint. For more information about global endpoints, see Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide .

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_delete_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_delete_endpoint(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the endpoint you want to delete. For example, "Name":"us-east-2-custom_bus_A-endpoint"..


Deletes the specified custom event bus or partner event bus

Description

Deletes the specified custom event bus or partner event bus. All rules associated with this event bus need to be deleted. You can't delete your account's default event bus.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_delete_event_bus/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_delete_event_bus(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the event bus to delete.


This operation is used by SaaS partners to delete a partner event source

Description

This operation is used by SaaS partners to delete a partner event source. This operation is not used by Amazon Web Services customers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_delete_partner_event_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_delete_partner_event_source(Name, Account)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the event source to delete.

Account

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the Amazon Web Services customer that the event source was created for.


Deletes the specified rule

Description

Deletes the specified rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_delete_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_delete_rule(Name, EventBusName = NULL, Force = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the rule.

EventBusName

The name or ARN of the event bus associated with the rule. If you omit this, the default event bus is used.

Force

If this is a managed rule, created by an Amazon Web Services service on your behalf, you must specify Force as True to delete the rule. This parameter is ignored for rules that are not managed rules. You can check whether a rule is a managed rule by using describe_rule or list_rules and checking the ManagedBy field of the response.


Retrieves details about an API destination

Description

Retrieves details about an API destination.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_describe_api_destination/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_describe_api_destination(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the API destination to retrieve.


Retrieves details about an archive

Description

Retrieves details about an archive.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_describe_archive/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_describe_archive(ArchiveName)

Arguments

ArchiveName

[required] The name of the archive to retrieve.


Retrieves details about a connection

Description

Retrieves details about a connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_describe_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_describe_connection(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the connection to retrieve.


Get the information about an existing global endpoint

Description

Get the information about an existing global endpoint. For more information about global endpoints, see Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide .

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_describe_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_describe_endpoint(Name, HomeRegion = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the endpoint you want to get information about. For example, "Name":"us-east-2-custom_bus_A-endpoint".

HomeRegion

The primary Region of the endpoint you want to get information about. For example "HomeRegion": "us-east-1".


Displays details about an event bus in your account

Description

Displays details about an event bus in your account. This can include the external Amazon Web Services accounts that are permitted to write events to your default event bus, and the associated policy. For custom event buses and partner event buses, it displays the name, ARN, policy, state, and creation time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_describe_event_bus/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_describe_event_bus(Name = NULL)

Arguments

Name

The name or ARN of the event bus to show details for. If you omit this, the default event bus is displayed.


This operation lists details about a partner event source that is shared with your account

Description

This operation lists details about a partner event source that is shared with your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_describe_event_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_describe_event_source(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the partner event source to display the details of.


An SaaS partner can use this operation to list details about a partner event source that they have created

Description

An SaaS partner can use this operation to list details about a partner event source that they have created. Amazon Web Services customers do not use this operation. Instead, Amazon Web Services customers can use describe_event_source to see details about a partner event source that is shared with them.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_describe_partner_event_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_describe_partner_event_source(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the event source to display.


Retrieves details about a replay

Description

Retrieves details about a replay. Use describe_replay to determine the progress of a running replay. A replay processes events to replay based on the time in the event, and replays them using 1 minute intervals. If you use start_replay and specify an EventStartTime and an EventEndTime that covers a 20 minute time range, the events are replayed from the first minute of that 20 minute range first. Then the events from the second minute are replayed. You can use describe_replay to determine the progress of a replay. The value returned for EventLastReplayedTime indicates the time within the specified time range associated with the last event replayed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_describe_replay/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_describe_replay(ReplayName)

Arguments

ReplayName

[required] The name of the replay to retrieve.


Describes the specified rule

Description

Describes the specified rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_describe_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_describe_rule(Name, EventBusName = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the rule.

EventBusName

The name or ARN of the event bus associated with the rule. If you omit this, the default event bus is used.


Disables the specified rule

Description

Disables the specified rule. A disabled rule won't match any events, and won't self-trigger if it has a schedule expression.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_disable_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_disable_rule(Name, EventBusName = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the rule.

EventBusName

The name or ARN of the event bus associated with the rule. If you omit this, the default event bus is used.


Enables the specified rule

Description

Enables the specified rule. If the rule does not exist, the operation fails.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_enable_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_enable_rule(Name, EventBusName = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the rule.

EventBusName

The name or ARN of the event bus associated with the rule. If you omit this, the default event bus is used.


Retrieves a list of API destination in the account in the current Region

Description

Retrieves a list of API destination in the account in the current Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_api_destinations/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_api_destinations(
  NamePrefix = NULL,
  ConnectionArn = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

NamePrefix

A name prefix to filter results returned. Only API destinations with a name that starts with the prefix are returned.

ConnectionArn

The ARN of the connection specified for the API destination.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call, which you can use to retrieve the next set of results.

The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. To retrieve the next page of results, make the call again using the returned token. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Using an expired pagination token results in an ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidToken⁠ error.

Limit

The maximum number of API destinations to include in the response.


Lists your archives

Description

Lists your archives. You can either list all the archives or you can provide a prefix to match to the archive names. Filter parameters are exclusive.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_archives/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_archives(
  NamePrefix = NULL,
  EventSourceArn = NULL,
  State = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

NamePrefix

A name prefix to filter the archives returned. Only archives with name that match the prefix are returned.

EventSourceArn

The ARN of the event source associated with the archive.

State

The state of the archive.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call, which you can use to retrieve the next set of results.

The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. To retrieve the next page of results, make the call again using the returned token. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Using an expired pagination token results in an ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidToken⁠ error.

Limit

The maximum number of results to return.


Retrieves a list of connections from the account

Description

Retrieves a list of connections from the account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_connections(
  NamePrefix = NULL,
  ConnectionState = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

NamePrefix

A name prefix to filter results returned. Only connections with a name that starts with the prefix are returned.

ConnectionState

The state of the connection.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call, which you can use to retrieve the next set of results.

The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. To retrieve the next page of results, make the call again using the returned token. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Using an expired pagination token results in an ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidToken⁠ error.

Limit

The maximum number of connections to return.


List the global endpoints associated with this account

Description

List the global endpoints associated with this account. For more information about global endpoints, see Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide .

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_endpoints(
  NamePrefix = NULL,
  HomeRegion = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

NamePrefix

A value that will return a subset of the endpoints associated with this account. For example, "NamePrefix": "ABC" will return all endpoints with "ABC" in the name.

HomeRegion

The primary Region of the endpoints associated with this account. For example "HomeRegion": "us-east-1".

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call, which you can use to retrieve the next set of results.

The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. To retrieve the next page of results, make the call again using the returned token. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Using an expired pagination token results in an ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidToken⁠ error.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results returned by the call.


Lists all the event buses in your account, including the default event bus, custom event buses, and partner event buses

Description

Lists all the event buses in your account, including the default event bus, custom event buses, and partner event buses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_event_buses/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_event_buses(NamePrefix = NULL, NextToken = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NamePrefix

Specifying this limits the results to only those event buses with names that start with the specified prefix.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call, which you can use to retrieve the next set of results.

The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. To retrieve the next page of results, make the call again using the returned token. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Using an expired pagination token results in an ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidToken⁠ error.

Limit

Specifying this limits the number of results returned by this operation. The operation also returns a NextToken which you can use in a subsequent operation to retrieve the next set of results.


You can use this to see all the partner event sources that have been shared with your Amazon Web Services account

Description

You can use this to see all the partner event sources that have been shared with your Amazon Web Services account. For more information about partner event sources, see create_event_bus.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_event_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_event_sources(
  NamePrefix = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

NamePrefix

Specifying this limits the results to only those partner event sources with names that start with the specified prefix.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call, which you can use to retrieve the next set of results.

The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. To retrieve the next page of results, make the call again using the returned token. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Using an expired pagination token results in an ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidToken⁠ error.

Limit

Specifying this limits the number of results returned by this operation. The operation also returns a NextToken which you can use in a subsequent operation to retrieve the next set of results.


An SaaS partner can use this operation to display the Amazon Web Services account ID that a particular partner event source name is associated with

Description

An SaaS partner can use this operation to display the Amazon Web Services account ID that a particular partner event source name is associated with. This operation is not used by Amazon Web Services customers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_partner_event_source_accounts/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_partner_event_source_accounts(
  EventSourceName,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

EventSourceName

[required] The name of the partner event source to display account information about.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call, which you can use to retrieve the next set of results.

The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. To retrieve the next page of results, make the call again using the returned token. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Using an expired pagination token results in an ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidToken⁠ error.

Limit

Specifying this limits the number of results returned by this operation. The operation also returns a NextToken which you can use in a subsequent operation to retrieve the next set of results.


An SaaS partner can use this operation to list all the partner event source names that they have created

Description

An SaaS partner can use this operation to list all the partner event source names that they have created. This operation is not used by Amazon Web Services customers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_partner_event_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_partner_event_sources(
  NamePrefix,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

NamePrefix

[required] If you specify this, the results are limited to only those partner event sources that start with the string you specify.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call, which you can use to retrieve the next set of results.

The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. To retrieve the next page of results, make the call again using the returned token. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Using an expired pagination token results in an ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidToken⁠ error.

Limit

pecifying this limits the number of results returned by this operation. The operation also returns a NextToken which you can use in a subsequent operation to retrieve the next set of results.


Lists your replays

Description

Lists your replays. You can either list all the replays or you can provide a prefix to match to the replay names. Filter parameters are exclusive.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_replays/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_replays(
  NamePrefix = NULL,
  State = NULL,
  EventSourceArn = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

NamePrefix

A name prefix to filter the replays returned. Only replays with name that match the prefix are returned.

State

The state of the replay.

EventSourceArn

The ARN of the archive from which the events are replayed.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call, which you can use to retrieve the next set of results.

The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. To retrieve the next page of results, make the call again using the returned token. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Using an expired pagination token results in an ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidToken⁠ error.

Limit

The maximum number of replays to retrieve.


Lists the rules for the specified target

Description

Lists the rules for the specified target. You can see which of the rules in Amazon EventBridge can invoke a specific target in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_rule_names_by_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_rule_names_by_target(
  TargetArn,
  EventBusName = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

TargetArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target resource.

EventBusName

The name or ARN of the event bus to list rules for. If you omit this, the default event bus is used.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call, which you can use to retrieve the next set of results.

The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. To retrieve the next page of results, make the call again using the returned token. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Using an expired pagination token results in an ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidToken⁠ error.

Limit

The maximum number of results to return.


Lists your Amazon EventBridge rules

Description

Lists your Amazon EventBridge rules. You can either list all the rules or you can provide a prefix to match to the rule names.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_rules(
  NamePrefix = NULL,
  EventBusName = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

NamePrefix

The prefix matching the rule name.

EventBusName

The name or ARN of the event bus to list the rules for. If you omit this, the default event bus is used.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call, which you can use to retrieve the next set of results.

The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. To retrieve the next page of results, make the call again using the returned token. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Using an expired pagination token results in an ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidToken⁠ error.

Limit

The maximum number of results to return.


Displays the tags associated with an EventBridge resource

Description

Displays the tags associated with an EventBridge resource. In EventBridge, rules and event buses can be tagged.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The ARN of the EventBridge resource for which you want to view tags.


Lists the targets assigned to the specified rule

Description

Lists the targets assigned to the specified rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_list_targets_by_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_list_targets_by_rule(
  Rule,
  EventBusName = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

Rule

[required] The name of the rule.

EventBusName

The name or ARN of the event bus associated with the rule. If you omit this, the default event bus is used.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call, which you can use to retrieve the next set of results.

The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. To retrieve the next page of results, make the call again using the returned token. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Using an expired pagination token results in an ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidToken⁠ error.

Limit

The maximum number of results to return.


Sends custom events to Amazon EventBridge so that they can be matched to rules

Description

Sends custom events to Amazon EventBridge so that they can be matched to rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_put_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_put_events(Entries, EndpointId = NULL)

Arguments

Entries

[required] The entry that defines an event in your system. You can specify several parameters for the entry such as the source and type of the event, resources associated with the event, and so on.

EndpointId

The URL subdomain of the endpoint. For example, if the URL for Endpoint is https://abcde.veo.endpoints.event.amazonaws.com, then the EndpointId is abcde.veo.

When using Java, you must include auth-crt on the class path.


This is used by SaaS partners to write events to a customer's partner event bus

Description

This is used by SaaS partners to write events to a customer's partner event bus. Amazon Web Services customers do not use this operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_put_partner_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_put_partner_events(Entries)

Arguments

Entries

[required] The list of events to write to the event bus.


Running PutPermission permits the specified Amazon Web Services account or Amazon Web Services organization to put events to the specified event bus

Description

Running put_permission permits the specified Amazon Web Services account or Amazon Web Services organization to put events to the specified event bus. Amazon EventBridge rules in your account are triggered by these events arriving to an event bus in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_put_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_put_permission(
  EventBusName = NULL,
  Action = NULL,
  Principal = NULL,
  StatementId = NULL,
  Condition = NULL,
  Policy = NULL
)

Arguments

EventBusName

The name of the event bus associated with the rule. If you omit this, the default event bus is used.

Action

The action that you are enabling the other account to perform.

Principal

The 12-digit Amazon Web Services account ID that you are permitting to put events to your default event bus. Specify "*" to permit any account to put events to your default event bus.

If you specify "*" without specifying Condition, avoid creating rules that may match undesirable events. To create more secure rules, make sure that the event pattern for each rule contains an account field with a specific account ID from which to receive events. Rules with an account field do not match any events sent from other accounts.

StatementId

An identifier string for the external account that you are granting permissions to. If you later want to revoke the permission for this external account, specify this StatementId when you run remove_permission.

Each StatementId must be unique.

Condition

This parameter enables you to limit the permission to accounts that fulfill a certain condition, such as being a member of a certain Amazon Web Services organization. For more information about Amazon Web Services Organizations, see What Is Amazon Web Services Organizations in the Amazon Web Services Organizations User Guide.

If you specify Condition with an Amazon Web Services organization ID, and specify "*" as the value for Principal, you grant permission to all the accounts in the named organization.

The Condition is a JSON string which must contain Type, Key, and Value fields.

Policy

A JSON string that describes the permission policy statement. You can include a Policy parameter in the request instead of using the StatementId, Action, Principal, or Condition parameters.


Creates or updates the specified rule

Description

Creates or updates the specified rule. Rules are enabled by default, or based on value of the state. You can disable a rule using disable_rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_put_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_put_rule(
  Name,
  ScheduleExpression = NULL,
  EventPattern = NULL,
  State = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  EventBusName = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the rule that you are creating or updating.

ScheduleExpression

The scheduling expression. For example, "cron(0 20 * * ? *)" or "rate(5 minutes)".

EventPattern

The event pattern. For more information, see Amazon EventBridge event patterns in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide .

State

The state of the rule.

Valid values include:

  • DISABLED: The rule is disabled. EventBridge does not match any events against the rule.

  • ENABLED: The rule is enabled. EventBridge matches events against the rule, except for Amazon Web Services management events delivered through CloudTrail.

  • ENABLED_WITH_ALL_CLOUDTRAIL_MANAGEMENT_EVENTS: The rule is enabled for all events, including Amazon Web Services management events delivered through CloudTrail.

    Management events provide visibility into management operations that are performed on resources in your Amazon Web Services account. These are also known as control plane operations. For more information, see Logging management events in the CloudTrail User Guide, and Filtering management events from Amazon Web Services services in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide .

    This value is only valid for rules on the default event bus or custom event buses. It does not apply to partner event buses.

Description

A description of the rule.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with the rule.

If you're setting an event bus in another account as the target and that account granted permission to your account through an organization instead of directly by the account ID, you must specify a RoleArn with proper permissions in the Target structure, instead of here in this parameter.

Tags

The list of key-value pairs to associate with the rule.

EventBusName

The name or ARN of the event bus to associate with this rule. If you omit this, the default event bus is used.


Adds the specified targets to the specified rule, or updates the targets if they are already associated with the rule

Description

Adds the specified targets to the specified rule, or updates the targets if they are already associated with the rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_put_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_put_targets(Rule, EventBusName = NULL, Targets)

Arguments

Rule

[required] The name of the rule.

EventBusName

The name or ARN of the event bus associated with the rule. If you omit this, the default event bus is used.

Targets

[required] The targets to update or add to the rule.


Revokes the permission of another Amazon Web Services account to be able to put events to the specified event bus

Description

Revokes the permission of another Amazon Web Services account to be able to put events to the specified event bus. Specify the account to revoke by the StatementId value that you associated with the account when you granted it permission with put_permission. You can find the StatementId by using describe_event_bus.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_remove_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_remove_permission(
  StatementId = NULL,
  RemoveAllPermissions = NULL,
  EventBusName = NULL
)

Arguments

StatementId

The statement ID corresponding to the account that is no longer allowed to put events to the default event bus.

RemoveAllPermissions

Specifies whether to remove all permissions.

EventBusName

The name of the event bus to revoke permissions for. If you omit this, the default event bus is used.


Removes the specified targets from the specified rule

Description

Removes the specified targets from the specified rule. When the rule is triggered, those targets are no longer be invoked.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_remove_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_remove_targets(Rule, EventBusName = NULL, Ids, Force = NULL)

Arguments

Rule

[required] The name of the rule.

EventBusName

The name or ARN of the event bus associated with the rule. If you omit this, the default event bus is used.

Ids

[required] The IDs of the targets to remove from the rule.

Force

If this is a managed rule, created by an Amazon Web Services service on your behalf, you must specify Force as True to remove targets. This parameter is ignored for rules that are not managed rules. You can check whether a rule is a managed rule by using describe_rule or list_rules and checking the ManagedBy field of the response.


Starts the specified replay

Description

Starts the specified replay. Events are not necessarily replayed in the exact same order that they were added to the archive. A replay processes events to replay based on the time in the event, and replays them using 1 minute intervals. If you specify an EventStartTime and an EventEndTime that covers a 20 minute time range, the events are replayed from the first minute of that 20 minute range first. Then the events from the second minute are replayed. You can use describe_replay to determine the progress of a replay. The value returned for EventLastReplayedTime indicates the time within the specified time range associated with the last event replayed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_start_replay/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_start_replay(
  ReplayName,
  Description = NULL,
  EventSourceArn,
  EventStartTime,
  EventEndTime,
  Destination
)

Arguments

ReplayName

[required] The name of the replay to start.

Description

A description for the replay to start.

EventSourceArn

[required] The ARN of the archive to replay events from.

EventStartTime

[required] A time stamp for the time to start replaying events. Only events that occurred between the EventStartTime and EventEndTime are replayed.

EventEndTime

[required] A time stamp for the time to stop replaying events. Only events that occurred between the EventStartTime and EventEndTime are replayed.

Destination

[required] A ReplayDestination object that includes details about the destination for the replay.


Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified EventBridge resource

Description

Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified EventBridge resource. Tags can help you organize and categorize your resources. You can also use them to scope user permissions by granting a user permission to access or change only resources with certain tag values. In EventBridge, rules and event buses can be tagged.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The ARN of the EventBridge resource that you're adding tags to.

Tags

[required] The list of key-value pairs to associate with the resource.


Tests whether the specified event pattern matches the provided event

Description

Tests whether the specified event pattern matches the provided event.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_test_event_pattern/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_test_event_pattern(EventPattern, Event)

Arguments

EventPattern

[required] The event pattern. For more information, see Events and Event Patterns in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide .

Event

[required] The event, in JSON format, to test against the event pattern. The JSON must follow the format specified in Amazon Web Services Events, and the following fields are mandatory:

  • id

  • account

  • source

  • time

  • region

  • resources

  • detail-type


Removes one or more tags from the specified EventBridge resource

Description

Removes one or more tags from the specified EventBridge resource. In Amazon EventBridge, rules and event buses can be tagged.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The ARN of the EventBridge resource from which you are removing tags.

TagKeys

[required] The list of tag keys to remove from the resource.


Updates an API destination

Description

Updates an API destination.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_update_api_destination/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_update_api_destination(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  ConnectionArn = NULL,
  InvocationEndpoint = NULL,
  HttpMethod = NULL,
  InvocationRateLimitPerSecond = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the API destination to update.

Description

The name of the API destination to update.

ConnectionArn

The ARN of the connection to use for the API destination.

InvocationEndpoint

The URL to the endpoint to use for the API destination.

HttpMethod

The method to use for the API destination.

InvocationRateLimitPerSecond

The maximum number of invocations per second to send to the API destination.


Updates the specified archive

Description

Updates the specified archive.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_update_archive/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_update_archive(
  ArchiveName,
  Description = NULL,
  EventPattern = NULL,
  RetentionDays = NULL
)

Arguments

ArchiveName

[required] The name of the archive to update.

Description

The description for the archive.

EventPattern

The event pattern to use to filter events sent to the archive.

RetentionDays

The number of days to retain events in the archive.


Updates settings for a connection

Description

Updates settings for a connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_update_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_update_connection(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  AuthorizationType = NULL,
  AuthParameters = NULL,
  InvocationConnectivityParameters = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the connection to update.

Description

A description for the connection.

AuthorizationType

The type of authorization to use for the connection.

AuthParameters

The authorization parameters to use for the connection.

InvocationConnectivityParameters

For connections to private resource endpoints, the parameters to use for invoking the resource endpoint.

For more information, see Connecting to private resources in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide .


Update an existing endpoint

Description

Update an existing endpoint. For more information about global endpoints, see Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide .

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_update_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_update_endpoint(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  RoutingConfig = NULL,
  ReplicationConfig = NULL,
  EventBuses = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the endpoint you want to update.

Description

A description for the endpoint.

RoutingConfig

Configure the routing policy, including the health check and secondary Region.

ReplicationConfig

Whether event replication was enabled or disabled by this request.

EventBuses

Define event buses used for replication.

RoleArn

The ARN of the role used by event replication for this request.


Updates the specified event bus

Description

Updates the specified event bus.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridge_update_event_bus/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridge_update_event_bus(
  Name = NULL,
  KmsKeyIdentifier = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  DeadLetterConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

The name of the event bus.

KmsKeyIdentifier

The identifier of the KMS customer managed key for EventBridge to use, if you choose to use a customer managed key to encrypt events on this event bus. The identifier can be the key Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KeyId, key alias, or key alias ARN.

If you do not specify a customer managed key identifier, EventBridge uses an Amazon Web Services owned key to encrypt events on the event bus.

For more information, see Managing keys in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

Archives and schema discovery are not supported for event buses encrypted using a customer managed key. EventBridge returns an error if:

  • You call create_archive on an event bus set to use a customer managed key for encryption.

  • You call CreateDiscoverer on an event bus set to use a customer managed key for encryption.

  • You call UpdatedEventBus to set a customer managed key on an event bus with an archives or schema discovery enabled.

To enable archives or schema discovery on an event bus, choose to use an Amazon Web Services owned key. For more information, see Data encryption in EventBridge in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide.

Description

The event bus description.

DeadLetterConfig

Amazon EventBridge Pipes

Description

Amazon EventBridge Pipes connects event sources to targets. Pipes reduces the need for specialized knowledge and integration code when developing event driven architectures. This helps ensures consistency across your company’s applications. With Pipes, the target can be any available EventBridge target. To set up a pipe, you select the event source, add optional event filtering, define optional enrichment, and select the target for the event data.

Usage

eventbridgepipes(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- eventbridgepipes(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_pipe Create a pipe
delete_pipe Delete an existing pipe
describe_pipe Get the information about an existing pipe
list_pipes Get the pipes associated with this account
list_tags_for_resource Displays the tags associated with a pipe
start_pipe Start an existing pipe
stop_pipe Stop an existing pipe
tag_resource Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified pipe
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from the specified pipes
update_pipe Update an existing pipe

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- eventbridgepipes()
svc$create_pipe(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Create a pipe

Description

Create a pipe. Amazon EventBridge Pipes connect event sources to targets and reduces the need for specialized knowledge and integration code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgepipes_create_pipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgepipes_create_pipe(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  DesiredState = NULL,
  Source,
  SourceParameters = NULL,
  Enrichment = NULL,
  EnrichmentParameters = NULL,
  Target,
  TargetParameters = NULL,
  RoleArn,
  Tags = NULL,
  LogConfiguration = NULL,
  KmsKeyIdentifier = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the pipe.

Description

A description of the pipe.

DesiredState

The state the pipe should be in.

Source

[required] The ARN of the source resource.

SourceParameters

The parameters required to set up a source for your pipe.

Enrichment

The ARN of the enrichment resource.

EnrichmentParameters

The parameters required to set up enrichment on your pipe.

Target

[required] The ARN of the target resource.

TargetParameters

The parameters required to set up a target for your pipe.

For more information about pipe target parameters, including how to use dynamic path parameters, see Target parameters in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide.

RoleArn

[required] The ARN of the role that allows the pipe to send data to the target.

Tags

The list of key-value pairs to associate with the pipe.

LogConfiguration

The logging configuration settings for the pipe.

KmsKeyIdentifier

The identifier of the KMS customer managed key for EventBridge to use, if you choose to use a customer managed key to encrypt pipe data. The identifier can be the key Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KeyId, key alias, or key alias ARN.

If you do not specify a customer managed key identifier, EventBridge uses an Amazon Web Services owned key to encrypt pipe data.

For more information, see Managing keys in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Delete an existing pipe

Description

Delete an existing pipe. For more information about pipes, see Amazon EventBridge Pipes in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgepipes_delete_pipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgepipes_delete_pipe(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the pipe.


Get the information about an existing pipe

Description

Get the information about an existing pipe. For more information about pipes, see Amazon EventBridge Pipes in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgepipes_describe_pipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgepipes_describe_pipe(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the pipe.


Get the pipes associated with this account

Description

Get the pipes associated with this account. For more information about pipes, see Amazon EventBridge Pipes in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgepipes_list_pipes/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgepipes_list_pipes(
  NamePrefix = NULL,
  DesiredState = NULL,
  CurrentState = NULL,
  SourcePrefix = NULL,
  TargetPrefix = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

NamePrefix

A value that will return a subset of the pipes associated with this account. For example, "NamePrefix": "ABC" will return all endpoints with "ABC" in the name.

DesiredState

The state the pipe should be in.

CurrentState

The state the pipe is in.

SourcePrefix

The prefix matching the pipe source.

TargetPrefix

The prefix matching the pipe target.

NextToken

If nextToken is returned, there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return an HTTP 400 InvalidToken error.

Limit

The maximum number of pipes to include in the response.


Displays the tags associated with a pipe

Description

Displays the tags associated with a pipe.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgepipes_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgepipes_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the pipe for which you want to view tags.


Start an existing pipe

Description

Start an existing pipe.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgepipes_start_pipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgepipes_start_pipe(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the pipe.


Stop an existing pipe

Description

Stop an existing pipe.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgepipes_stop_pipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgepipes_stop_pipe(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the pipe.


Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified pipe

Description

Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified pipe. Tags can help you organize and categorize your resources. You can also use them to scope user permissions by granting a user permission to access or change only resources with certain tag values.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgepipes_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgepipes_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the pipe.

tags

[required] The list of key-value pairs associated with the pipe.


Removes one or more tags from the specified pipes

Description

Removes one or more tags from the specified pipes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgepipes_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgepipes_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the pipe.

tagKeys

[required] The list of tag keys to remove from the pipe.


Update an existing pipe

Description

Update an existing pipe. When you call update_pipe, EventBridge only the updates fields you have specified in the request; the rest remain unchanged. The exception to this is if you modify any Amazon Web Services-service specific fields in the SourceParameters, EnrichmentParameters, or TargetParameters objects. For example, DynamoDBStreamParameters or EventBridgeEventBusParameters. EventBridge updates the fields in these objects atomically as one and overrides existing values. This is by design, and means that if you don't specify an optional field in one of these Parameters objects, EventBridge sets that field to its system-default value during the update.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgepipes_update_pipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgepipes_update_pipe(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  DesiredState = NULL,
  SourceParameters = NULL,
  Enrichment = NULL,
  EnrichmentParameters = NULL,
  Target = NULL,
  TargetParameters = NULL,
  RoleArn,
  LogConfiguration = NULL,
  KmsKeyIdentifier = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the pipe.

Description

A description of the pipe.

DesiredState

The state the pipe should be in.

SourceParameters

The parameters required to set up a source for your pipe.

Enrichment

The ARN of the enrichment resource.

EnrichmentParameters

The parameters required to set up enrichment on your pipe.

Target

The ARN of the target resource.

TargetParameters

The parameters required to set up a target for your pipe.

For more information about pipe target parameters, including how to use dynamic path parameters, see Target parameters in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide.

RoleArn

[required] The ARN of the role that allows the pipe to send data to the target.

LogConfiguration

The logging configuration settings for the pipe.

KmsKeyIdentifier

The identifier of the KMS customer managed key for EventBridge to use, if you choose to use a customer managed key to encrypt pipe data. The identifier can be the key Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KeyId, key alias, or key alias ARN.

To update a pipe that is using the default Amazon Web Services owned key to use a customer managed key instead, or update a pipe that is using a customer managed key to use a different customer managed key, specify a customer managed key identifier.

To update a pipe that is using a customer managed key to use the default Amazon Web Services owned key, specify an empty string.

For more information, see Managing keys in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Amazon EventBridge Scheduler

Description

Amazon EventBridge Scheduler is a serverless scheduler that allows you to create, run, and manage tasks from one central, managed service. EventBridge Scheduler delivers your tasks reliably, with built-in mechanisms that adjust your schedules based on the availability of downstream targets. The following reference lists the available API actions, and data types for EventBridge Scheduler.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- eventbridgescheduler(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_schedule Creates the specified schedule
create_schedule_group Creates the specified schedule group
delete_schedule Deletes the specified schedule
delete_schedule_group Deletes the specified schedule group
get_schedule Retrieves the specified schedule
get_schedule_group Retrieves the specified schedule group
list_schedule_groups Returns a paginated list of your schedule groups
list_schedules Returns a paginated list of your EventBridge Scheduler schedules
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags associated with the Scheduler resource
tag_resource Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified EventBridge Scheduler resource
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from the specified EventBridge Scheduler schedule group
update_schedule Updates the specified schedule

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- eventbridgescheduler()
svc$create_schedule(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates the specified schedule

Description

Creates the specified schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgescheduler_create_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler_create_schedule(
  ActionAfterCompletion = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  EndDate = NULL,
  FlexibleTimeWindow,
  GroupName = NULL,
  KmsKeyArn = NULL,
  Name,
  ScheduleExpression,
  ScheduleExpressionTimezone = NULL,
  StartDate = NULL,
  State = NULL,
  Target
)

Arguments

ActionAfterCompletion

Specifies the action that EventBridge Scheduler applies to the schedule after the schedule completes invoking the target.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. If you do not specify a client token, EventBridge Scheduler uses a randomly generated token for the request to ensure idempotency.

Description

The description you specify for the schedule.

EndDate

The date, in UTC, before which the schedule can invoke its target. Depending on the schedule's recurrence expression, invocations might stop on, or before, the EndDate you specify. EventBridge Scheduler ignores EndDate for one-time schedules.

FlexibleTimeWindow

[required] Allows you to configure a time window during which EventBridge Scheduler invokes the schedule.

GroupName

The name of the schedule group to associate with this schedule. If you omit this, the default schedule group is used.

KmsKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the customer managed KMS key that EventBridge Scheduler will use to encrypt and decrypt your data.

Name

[required] The name of the schedule that you are creating.

ScheduleExpression

[required] The expression that defines when the schedule runs. The following formats are supported.

  • at expression - at(yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss)

  • rate expression - ⁠rate(value unit)⁠

  • cron expression - cron(fields)

You can use at expressions to create one-time schedules that invoke a target once, at the time and in the time zone, that you specify. You can use rate and cron expressions to create recurring schedules. Rate-based schedules are useful when you want to invoke a target at regular intervals, such as every 15 minutes or every five days. Cron-based schedules are useful when you want to invoke a target periodically at a specific time, such as at 8:00 am (UTC+0) every 1st day of the month.

A cron expression consists of six fields separated by white spaces: ⁠(minutes hours day_of_month month day_of_week year)⁠.

A rate expression consists of a value as a positive integer, and a unit with the following options: minute | minutes | hour | hours | day | days

For more information and examples, see Schedule types on EventBridge Scheduler in the EventBridge Scheduler User Guide.

ScheduleExpressionTimezone

The timezone in which the scheduling expression is evaluated.

StartDate

The date, in UTC, after which the schedule can begin invoking its target. Depending on the schedule's recurrence expression, invocations might occur on, or after, the StartDate you specify. EventBridge Scheduler ignores StartDate for one-time schedules.

State

Specifies whether the schedule is enabled or disabled.

Target

[required] The schedule's target.


Creates the specified schedule group

Description

Creates the specified schedule group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgescheduler_create_schedule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler_create_schedule_group(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Name,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. If you do not specify a client token, EventBridge Scheduler uses a randomly generated token for the request to ensure idempotency.

Name

[required] The name of the schedule group that you are creating.

Tags

The list of tags to associate with the schedule group.


Deletes the specified schedule

Description

Deletes the specified schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgescheduler_delete_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler_delete_schedule(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  GroupName = NULL,
  Name
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. If you do not specify a client token, EventBridge Scheduler uses a randomly generated token for the request to ensure idempotency.

GroupName

The name of the schedule group associated with this schedule. If you omit this, the default schedule group is used.

Name

[required] The name of the schedule to delete.


Deletes the specified schedule group

Description

Deletes the specified schedule group. Deleting a schedule group results in EventBridge Scheduler deleting all schedules associated with the group. When you delete a group, it remains in a DELETING state until all of its associated schedules are deleted. Schedules associated with the group that are set to run while the schedule group is in the process of being deleted might continue to invoke their targets until the schedule group and its associated schedules are deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgescheduler_delete_schedule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler_delete_schedule_group(ClientToken = NULL, Name)

Arguments

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. If you do not specify a client token, EventBridge Scheduler uses a randomly generated token for the request to ensure idempotency.

Name

[required] The name of the schedule group to delete.


Retrieves the specified schedule

Description

Retrieves the specified schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgescheduler_get_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler_get_schedule(GroupName = NULL, Name)

Arguments

GroupName

The name of the schedule group associated with this schedule. If you omit this, EventBridge Scheduler assumes that the schedule is associated with the default group.

Name

[required] The name of the schedule to retrieve.


Retrieves the specified schedule group

Description

Retrieves the specified schedule group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgescheduler_get_schedule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler_get_schedule_group(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the schedule group to retrieve.


Returns a paginated list of your schedule groups

Description

Returns a paginated list of your schedule groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgescheduler_list_schedule_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler_list_schedule_groups(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NamePrefix = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

If specified, limits the number of results returned by this operation. The operation also returns a NextToken which you can use in a subsequent operation to retrieve the next set of results.

NamePrefix

The name prefix that you can use to return a filtered list of your schedule groups.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call to retrieve the next set of results.


Returns a paginated list of your EventBridge Scheduler schedules

Description

Returns a paginated list of your EventBridge Scheduler schedules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgescheduler_list_schedules/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler_list_schedules(
  GroupName = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NamePrefix = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  State = NULL
)

Arguments

GroupName

If specified, only lists the schedules whose associated schedule group matches the given filter.

MaxResults

If specified, limits the number of results returned by this operation. The operation also returns a NextToken which you can use in a subsequent operation to retrieve the next set of results.

NamePrefix

Schedule name prefix to return the filtered list of resources.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call to retrieve the next set of results.

State

If specified, only lists the schedules whose current state matches the given filter.


Lists the tags associated with the Scheduler resource

Description

Lists the tags associated with the Scheduler resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgescheduler_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the EventBridge Scheduler resource for which you want to view tags.


Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified EventBridge Scheduler resource

Description

Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified EventBridge Scheduler resource. You can only assign tags to schedule groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgescheduler_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schedule group that you are adding tags to.

Tags

[required] The list of tags to associate with the schedule group.


Removes one or more tags from the specified EventBridge Scheduler schedule group

Description

Removes one or more tags from the specified EventBridge Scheduler schedule group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgescheduler_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schedule group from which you are removing tags.

TagKeys

[required] The list of tag keys to remove from the resource.


Updates the specified schedule

Description

Updates the specified schedule. When you call update_schedule, EventBridge Scheduler uses all values, including empty values, specified in the request and overrides the existing schedule. This is by design. This means that if you do not set an optional field in your request, that field will be set to its system-default value after the update.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eventbridgescheduler_update_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

eventbridgescheduler_update_schedule(
  ActionAfterCompletion = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  EndDate = NULL,
  FlexibleTimeWindow,
  GroupName = NULL,
  KmsKeyArn = NULL,
  Name,
  ScheduleExpression,
  ScheduleExpressionTimezone = NULL,
  StartDate = NULL,
  State = NULL,
  Target
)

Arguments

ActionAfterCompletion

Specifies the action that EventBridge Scheduler applies to the schedule after the schedule completes invoking the target.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. If you do not specify a client token, EventBridge Scheduler uses a randomly generated token for the request to ensure idempotency.

Description

The description you specify for the schedule.

EndDate

The date, in UTC, before which the schedule can invoke its target. Depending on the schedule's recurrence expression, invocations might stop on, or before, the EndDate you specify. EventBridge Scheduler ignores EndDate for one-time schedules.

FlexibleTimeWindow

[required] Allows you to configure a time window during which EventBridge Scheduler invokes the schedule.

GroupName

The name of the schedule group with which the schedule is associated. You must provide this value in order for EventBridge Scheduler to find the schedule you want to update. If you omit this value, EventBridge Scheduler assumes the group is associated to the default group.

KmsKeyArn

The ARN for the customer managed KMS key that that you want EventBridge Scheduler to use to encrypt and decrypt your data.

Name

[required] The name of the schedule that you are updating.

ScheduleExpression

[required] The expression that defines when the schedule runs. The following formats are supported.

  • at expression - at(yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss)

  • rate expression - ⁠rate(value unit)⁠

  • cron expression - cron(fields)

You can use at expressions to create one-time schedules that invoke a target once, at the time and in the time zone, that you specify. You can use rate and cron expressions to create recurring schedules. Rate-based schedules are useful when you want to invoke a target at regular intervals, such as every 15 minutes or every five days. Cron-based schedules are useful when you want to invoke a target periodically at a specific time, such as at 8:00 am (UTC+0) every 1st day of the month.

A cron expression consists of six fields separated by white spaces: ⁠(minutes hours day_of_month month day_of_week year)⁠.

A rate expression consists of a value as a positive integer, and a unit with the following options: minute | minutes | hour | hours | day | days

For more information and examples, see Schedule types on EventBridge Scheduler in the EventBridge Scheduler User Guide.

ScheduleExpressionTimezone

The timezone in which the scheduling expression is evaluated.

StartDate

The date, in UTC, after which the schedule can begin invoking its target. Depending on the schedule's recurrence expression, invocations might occur on, or after, the StartDate you specify. EventBridge Scheduler ignores StartDate for one-time schedules.

State

Specifies whether the schedule is enabled or disabled.

Target

[required] The schedule target. You can use this operation to change the target that your schedule invokes.


Amazon Location Service

Description

"Suite of geospatial services including Maps, Places, Routes, Tracking, and Geofencing"

Usage

locationservice(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- locationservice(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_tracker_consumer Creates an association between a geofence collection and a tracker resource
batch_delete_device_position_history Deletes the position history of one or more devices from a tracker resource
batch_delete_geofence Deletes a batch of geofences from a geofence collection
batch_evaluate_geofences Evaluates device positions against the geofence geometries from a given geofence collection
batch_get_device_position Lists the latest device positions for requested devices
batch_put_geofence A batch request for storing geofence geometries into a given geofence collection, or updates the geometry of an existing geofence if a geofence ID is included in the request
batch_update_device_position Uploads position update data for one or more devices to a tracker resource (up to 10 devices per batch)
calculate_route Calculates a route given the following required parameters: DeparturePosition and DestinationPosition
calculate_route_matrix Calculates a route matrix given the following required parameters: DeparturePositions and DestinationPositions
create_geofence_collection Creates a geofence collection, which manages and stores geofences
create_key Creates an API key resource in your Amazon Web Services account, which lets you grant actions for Amazon Location resources to the API key bearer
create_map Creates a map resource in your Amazon Web Services account, which provides map tiles of different styles sourced from global location data providers
create_place_index Creates a place index resource in your Amazon Web Services account
create_route_calculator Creates a route calculator resource in your Amazon Web Services account
create_tracker Creates a tracker resource in your Amazon Web Services account, which lets you retrieve current and historical location of devices
delete_geofence_collection Deletes a geofence collection from your Amazon Web Services account
delete_key Deletes the specified API key
delete_map Deletes a map resource from your Amazon Web Services account
delete_place_index Deletes a place index resource from your Amazon Web Services account
delete_route_calculator Deletes a route calculator resource from your Amazon Web Services account
delete_tracker Deletes a tracker resource from your Amazon Web Services account
describe_geofence_collection Retrieves the geofence collection details
describe_key Retrieves the API key resource details
describe_map Retrieves the map resource details
describe_place_index Retrieves the place index resource details
describe_route_calculator Retrieves the route calculator resource details
describe_tracker Retrieves the tracker resource details
disassociate_tracker_consumer Removes the association between a tracker resource and a geofence collection
forecast_geofence_events Evaluates device positions against geofence geometries from a given geofence collection
get_device_position Retrieves a device's most recent position according to its sample time
get_device_position_history Retrieves the device position history from a tracker resource within a specified range of time
get_geofence Retrieves the geofence details from a geofence collection
get_map_glyphs Retrieves glyphs used to display labels on a map
get_map_sprites Retrieves the sprite sheet corresponding to a map resource
get_map_style_descriptor Retrieves the map style descriptor from a map resource
get_map_tile Retrieves a vector data tile from the map resource
get_place Finds a place by its unique ID
list_device_positions A batch request to retrieve all device positions
list_geofence_collections Lists geofence collections in your Amazon Web Services account
list_geofences Lists geofences stored in a given geofence collection
list_keys Lists API key resources in your Amazon Web Services account
list_maps Lists map resources in your Amazon Web Services account
list_place_indexes Lists place index resources in your Amazon Web Services account
list_route_calculators Lists route calculator resources in your Amazon Web Services account
list_tags_for_resource Returns a list of tags that are applied to the specified Amazon Location resource
list_tracker_consumers Lists geofence collections currently associated to the given tracker resource
list_trackers Lists tracker resources in your Amazon Web Services account
put_geofence Stores a geofence geometry in a given geofence collection, or updates the geometry of an existing geofence if a geofence ID is included in the request
search_place_index_for_position Reverse geocodes a given coordinate and returns a legible address
search_place_index_for_suggestions Generates suggestions for addresses and points of interest based on partial or misspelled free-form text
search_place_index_for_text Geocodes free-form text, such as an address, name, city, or region to allow you to search for Places or points of interest
tag_resource Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified Amazon Location Service resource
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from the specified Amazon Location resource
update_geofence_collection Updates the specified properties of a given geofence collection
update_key Updates the specified properties of a given API key resource
update_map Updates the specified properties of a given map resource
update_place_index Updates the specified properties of a given place index resource
update_route_calculator Updates the specified properties for a given route calculator resource
update_tracker Updates the specified properties of a given tracker resource
verify_device_position Verifies the integrity of the device's position by determining if it was reported behind a proxy, and by comparing it to an inferred position estimated based on the device's state

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- locationservice()
svc$associate_tracker_consumer(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates an association between a geofence collection and a tracker resource

Description

Creates an association between a geofence collection and a tracker resource. This allows the tracker resource to communicate location data to the linked geofence collection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_associate_tracker_consumer/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_associate_tracker_consumer(TrackerName, ConsumerArn)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The name of the tracker resource to be associated with a geofence collection.

ConsumerArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the geofence collection to be associated to tracker resource. Used when you need to specify a resource across all Amazon Web Services.

  • Format example: arn:aws:geo:region:account-id:geofence-collection/ExampleGeofenceCollectionConsumer


Deletes the position history of one or more devices from a tracker resource

Description

Deletes the position history of one or more devices from a tracker resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_batch_delete_device_position_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_batch_delete_device_position_history(TrackerName, DeviceIds)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The name of the tracker resource to delete the device position history from.

DeviceIds

[required] Devices whose position history you want to delete.

  • For example, for two devices: ⁠“DeviceIds” : [DeviceId1,DeviceId2]⁠


Deletes a batch of geofences from a geofence collection

Description

Deletes a batch of geofences from a geofence collection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_batch_delete_geofence/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_batch_delete_geofence(CollectionName, GeofenceIds)

Arguments

CollectionName

[required] The geofence collection storing the geofences to be deleted.

GeofenceIds

[required] The batch of geofences to be deleted.


Evaluates device positions against the geofence geometries from a given geofence collection

Description

Evaluates device positions against the geofence geometries from a given geofence collection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_batch_evaluate_geofences/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_batch_evaluate_geofences(CollectionName, DevicePositionUpdates)

Arguments

CollectionName

[required] The geofence collection used in evaluating the position of devices against its geofences.

DevicePositionUpdates

[required] Contains device details for each device to be evaluated against the given geofence collection.


Lists the latest device positions for requested devices

Description

Lists the latest device positions for requested devices.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_batch_get_device_position/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_batch_get_device_position(TrackerName, DeviceIds)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The tracker resource retrieving the device position.

DeviceIds

[required] Devices whose position you want to retrieve.

  • For example, for two devices: device-ids=DeviceId1&device-ids=DeviceId2


A batch request for storing geofence geometries into a given geofence collection, or updates the geometry of an existing geofence if a geofence ID is included in the request

Description

A batch request for storing geofence geometries into a given geofence collection, or updates the geometry of an existing geofence if a geofence ID is included in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_batch_put_geofence/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_batch_put_geofence(CollectionName, Entries)

Arguments

CollectionName

[required] The geofence collection storing the geofences.

Entries

[required] The batch of geofences to be stored in a geofence collection.


Uploads position update data for one or more devices to a tracker resource (up to 10 devices per batch)

Description

Uploads position update data for one or more devices to a tracker resource (up to 10 devices per batch). Amazon Location uses the data when it reports the last known device position and position history. Amazon Location retains location data for 30 days.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_batch_update_device_position/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_batch_update_device_position(TrackerName, Updates)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The name of the tracker resource to update.

Updates

[required] Contains the position update details for each device, up to 10 devices.


Calculates a route given the following required parameters: DeparturePosition and DestinationPosition

Description

Calculates a route given the following required parameters: DeparturePosition and DestinationPosition. Requires that you first create a route calculator resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_calculate_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_calculate_route(
  CalculatorName,
  DeparturePosition,
  DestinationPosition,
  WaypointPositions = NULL,
  TravelMode = NULL,
  DepartureTime = NULL,
  DepartNow = NULL,
  DistanceUnit = NULL,
  IncludeLegGeometry = NULL,
  CarModeOptions = NULL,
  TruckModeOptions = NULL,
  ArrivalTime = NULL,
  OptimizeFor = NULL,
  Key = NULL
)

Arguments

CalculatorName

[required] The name of the route calculator resource that you want to use to calculate the route.

DeparturePosition

[required] The start position for the route. Defined in World Geodetic System (WGS 84) format: ⁠[longitude, latitude]⁠.

  • For example, ⁠[-123.115, 49.285]⁠

If you specify a departure that's not located on a road, Amazon Location moves the position to the nearest road. If Esri is the provider for your route calculator, specifying a route that is longer than 400 km returns a ⁠400 RoutesValidationException⁠ error.

Valid Values: ⁠[-180 to 180,-90 to 90]⁠

DestinationPosition

[required] The finish position for the route. Defined in World Geodetic System (WGS 84) format: ⁠[longitude, latitude]⁠.

  • For example, ⁠[-122.339, 47.615]⁠

If you specify a destination that's not located on a road, Amazon Location moves the position to the nearest road.

Valid Values: ⁠[-180 to 180,-90 to 90]⁠

WaypointPositions

Specifies an ordered list of up to 23 intermediate positions to include along a route between the departure position and destination position.

  • For example, from the DeparturePosition ⁠[-123.115, 49.285]⁠, the route follows the order that the waypoint positions are given ⁠[[-122.757, 49.0021],[-122.349, 47.620]]⁠

If you specify a waypoint position that's not located on a road, Amazon Location moves the position to the nearest road.

Specifying more than 23 waypoints returns a ⁠400 ValidationException⁠ error.

If Esri is the provider for your route calculator, specifying a route that is longer than 400 km returns a ⁠400 RoutesValidationException⁠ error.

Valid Values: ⁠[-180 to 180,-90 to 90]⁠

TravelMode

Specifies the mode of transport when calculating a route. Used in estimating the speed of travel and road compatibility. You can choose Car, Truck, Walking, Bicycle or Motorcycle as options for the TravelMode.

Bicycle and Motorcycle are only valid when using Grab as a data provider, and only within Southeast Asia.

Truck is not available for Grab.

For more details on the using Grab for routing, including areas of coverage, see GrabMaps in the Amazon Location Service Developer Guide.

The TravelMode you specify also determines how you specify route preferences:

  • If traveling by Car use the CarModeOptions parameter.

  • If traveling by Truck use the TruckModeOptions parameter.

Default Value: Car

DepartureTime

Specifies the desired time of departure. Uses the given time to calculate the route. Otherwise, the best time of day to travel with the best traffic conditions is used to calculate the route.

  • In ISO 8601 format: YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ. For example, ⁠2020–07-2T12:15:20.000Z+01:00⁠

DepartNow

Sets the time of departure as the current time. Uses the current time to calculate a route. Otherwise, the best time of day to travel with the best traffic conditions is used to calculate the route.

Default Value: false

Valid Values: false | true

DistanceUnit

Set the unit system to specify the distance.

Default Value: Kilometers

IncludeLegGeometry

Set to include the geometry details in the result for each path between a pair of positions.

Default Value: false

Valid Values: false | true

CarModeOptions

Specifies route preferences when traveling by Car, such as avoiding routes that use ferries or tolls.

Requirements: TravelMode must be specified as Car.

TruckModeOptions

Specifies route preferences when traveling by Truck, such as avoiding routes that use ferries or tolls, and truck specifications to consider when choosing an optimal road.

Requirements: TravelMode must be specified as Truck.

ArrivalTime

Specifies the desired time of arrival. Uses the given time to calculate the route. Otherwise, the best time of day to travel with the best traffic conditions is used to calculate the route.

ArrivalTime is not supported Esri.

OptimizeFor

Specifies the distance to optimize for when calculating a route.

Key

The optional API key to authorize the request.


Calculates a route matrix given the following required parameters: DeparturePositions and DestinationPositions

Description

Calculates a route matrix given the following required parameters: DeparturePositions and DestinationPositions. calculate_route_matrix calculates routes and returns the travel time and travel distance from each departure position to each destination position in the request. For example, given departure positions A and B, and destination positions X and Y, calculate_route_matrix will return time and distance for routes from A to X, A to Y, B to X, and B to Y (in that order). The number of results returned (and routes calculated) will be the number of DeparturePositions times the number of DestinationPositions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_calculate_route_matrix/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_calculate_route_matrix(
  CalculatorName,
  DeparturePositions,
  DestinationPositions,
  TravelMode = NULL,
  DepartureTime = NULL,
  DepartNow = NULL,
  DistanceUnit = NULL,
  CarModeOptions = NULL,
  TruckModeOptions = NULL,
  Key = NULL
)

Arguments

CalculatorName

[required] The name of the route calculator resource that you want to use to calculate the route matrix.

DeparturePositions

[required] The list of departure (origin) positions for the route matrix. An array of points, each of which is itself a 2-value array defined in WGS 84 format: ⁠[longitude, latitude]⁠. For example, ⁠[-123.115, 49.285]⁠.

Depending on the data provider selected in the route calculator resource there may be additional restrictions on the inputs you can choose. See Position restrictions in the Amazon Location Service Developer Guide.

For route calculators that use Esri as the data provider, if you specify a departure that's not located on a road, Amazon Location moves the position to the nearest road. The snapped value is available in the result in SnappedDeparturePositions.

Valid Values: ⁠[-180 to 180,-90 to 90]⁠

DestinationPositions

[required] The list of destination positions for the route matrix. An array of points, each of which is itself a 2-value array defined in WGS 84 format: ⁠[longitude, latitude]⁠. For example, ⁠[-122.339, 47.615]⁠

Depending on the data provider selected in the route calculator resource there may be additional restrictions on the inputs you can choose. See Position restrictions in the Amazon Location Service Developer Guide.

For route calculators that use Esri as the data provider, if you specify a destination that's not located on a road, Amazon Location moves the position to the nearest road. The snapped value is available in the result in SnappedDestinationPositions.

Valid Values: ⁠[-180 to 180,-90 to 90]⁠

TravelMode

Specifies the mode of transport when calculating a route. Used in estimating the speed of travel and road compatibility.

The TravelMode you specify also determines how you specify route preferences:

  • If traveling by Car use the CarModeOptions parameter.

  • If traveling by Truck use the TruckModeOptions parameter.

Bicycle or Motorcycle are only valid when using Grab as a data provider, and only within Southeast Asia.

Truck is not available for Grab.

For more information about using Grab as a data provider, see GrabMaps in the Amazon Location Service Developer Guide.

Default Value: Car

DepartureTime

Specifies the desired time of departure. Uses the given time to calculate the route matrix. You can't set both DepartureTime and DepartNow. If neither is set, the best time of day to travel with the best traffic conditions is used to calculate the route matrix.

Setting a departure time in the past returns a ⁠400 ValidationException⁠ error.

  • In ISO 8601 format: YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ. For example, ⁠2020–07-2T12:15:20.000Z+01:00⁠

DepartNow

Sets the time of departure as the current time. Uses the current time to calculate the route matrix. You can't set both DepartureTime and DepartNow. If neither is set, the best time of day to travel with the best traffic conditions is used to calculate the route matrix.

Default Value: false

Valid Values: false | true

DistanceUnit

Set the unit system to specify the distance.

Default Value: Kilometers

CarModeOptions

Specifies route preferences when traveling by Car, such as avoiding routes that use ferries or tolls.

Requirements: TravelMode must be specified as Car.

TruckModeOptions

Specifies route preferences when traveling by Truck, such as avoiding routes that use ferries or tolls, and truck specifications to consider when choosing an optimal road.

Requirements: TravelMode must be specified as Truck.

Key

The optional API key to authorize the request.


Creates a geofence collection, which manages and stores geofences

Description

Creates a geofence collection, which manages and stores geofences.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_create_geofence_collection/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_create_geofence_collection(
  CollectionName,
  PricingPlan = NULL,
  PricingPlanDataSource = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  KmsKeyId = NULL
)

Arguments

CollectionName

[required] A custom name for the geofence collection.

Requirements:

  • Contain only alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9), hyphens (-), periods (.), and underscores (_).

  • Must be a unique geofence collection name.

  • No spaces allowed. For example, ExampleGeofenceCollection.

PricingPlan

No longer used. If included, the only allowed value is RequestBasedUsage.

PricingPlanDataSource

This parameter is no longer used.

Description

An optional description for the geofence collection.

Tags

Applies one or more tags to the geofence collection. A tag is a key-value pair helps manage, identify, search, and filter your resources by labelling them.

Format: "key" : "value"

Restrictions:

  • Maximum 50 tags per resource

  • Each resource tag must be unique with a maximum of one value.

  • Maximum key length: 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length: 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Can use alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9), and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Cannot use "aws:" as a prefix for a key.

KmsKeyId

A key identifier for an Amazon Web Services KMS customer managed key. Enter a key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN.


Creates an API key resource in your Amazon Web Services account, which lets you grant actions for Amazon Location resources to the API key bearer

Description

Creates an API key resource in your Amazon Web Services account, which lets you grant actions for Amazon Location resources to the API key bearer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_create_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_create_key(
  KeyName,
  Restrictions,
  Description = NULL,
  ExpireTime = NULL,
  NoExpiry = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyName

[required] A custom name for the API key resource.

Requirements:

  • Contain only alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9), hyphens (-), periods (.), and underscores (_).

  • Must be a unique API key name.

  • No spaces allowed. For example, ExampleAPIKey.

Restrictions

[required] The API key restrictions for the API key resource.

Description

An optional description for the API key resource.

ExpireTime

The optional timestamp for when the API key resource will expire in ISO 8601 format: YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ. One of NoExpiry or ExpireTime must be set.

NoExpiry

Optionally set to true to set no expiration time for the API key. One of NoExpiry or ExpireTime must be set.

Tags

Applies one or more tags to the map resource. A tag is a key-value pair that helps manage, identify, search, and filter your resources by labelling them.

Format: "key" : "value"

Restrictions:

  • Maximum 50 tags per resource

  • Each resource tag must be unique with a maximum of one value.

  • Maximum key length: 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length: 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Can use alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9), and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Cannot use "aws:" as a prefix for a key.


Creates a map resource in your Amazon Web Services account, which provides map tiles of different styles sourced from global location data providers

Description

Creates a map resource in your Amazon Web Services account, which provides map tiles of different styles sourced from global location data providers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_create_map/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_create_map(
  MapName,
  Configuration,
  PricingPlan = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

MapName

[required] The name for the map resource.

Requirements:

  • Must contain only alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9), hyphens (-), periods (.), and underscores (_).

  • Must be a unique map resource name.

  • No spaces allowed. For example, ExampleMap.

Configuration

[required] Specifies the MapConfiguration, including the map style, for the map resource that you create. The map style defines the look of maps and the data provider for your map resource.

PricingPlan

No longer used. If included, the only allowed value is RequestBasedUsage.

Description

An optional description for the map resource.

Tags

Applies one or more tags to the map resource. A tag is a key-value pair helps manage, identify, search, and filter your resources by labelling them.

Format: "key" : "value"

Restrictions:

  • Maximum 50 tags per resource

  • Each resource tag must be unique with a maximum of one value.

  • Maximum key length: 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length: 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Can use alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9), and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Cannot use "aws:" as a prefix for a key.


Creates a place index resource in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Creates a place index resource in your Amazon Web Services account. Use a place index resource to geocode addresses and other text queries by using the search_place_index_for_text operation, and reverse geocode coordinates by using the search_place_index_for_position operation, and enable autosuggestions by using the search_place_index_for_suggestions operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_create_place_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_create_place_index(
  IndexName,
  DataSource,
  PricingPlan = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  DataSourceConfiguration = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexName

[required] The name of the place index resource.

Requirements:

  • Contain only alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9), hyphens (-), periods (.), and underscores (_).

  • Must be a unique place index resource name.

  • No spaces allowed. For example, ExamplePlaceIndex.

DataSource

[required] Specifies the geospatial data provider for the new place index.

This field is case-sensitive. Enter the valid values as shown. For example, entering HERE returns an error.

Valid values include:

For additional information , see Data providers on the Amazon Location Service Developer Guide.

PricingPlan

No longer used. If included, the only allowed value is RequestBasedUsage.

Description

The optional description for the place index resource.

DataSourceConfiguration

Specifies the data storage option requesting Places.

Tags

Applies one or more tags to the place index resource. A tag is a key-value pair that helps you manage, identify, search, and filter your resources.

Format: "key" : "value"

Restrictions:

  • Maximum 50 tags per resource.

  • Each tag key must be unique and must have exactly one associated value.

  • Maximum key length: 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Maximum value length: 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Can use alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9), and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @

  • Cannot use "aws:" as a prefix for a key.


Creates a route calculator resource in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Creates a route calculator resource in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_create_route_calculator/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_create_route_calculator(
  CalculatorName,
  DataSource,
  PricingPlan = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

CalculatorName

[required] The name of the route calculator resource.

Requirements:

  • Can use alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9) , hyphens (-), periods (.), and underscores (_).

  • Must be a unique Route calculator resource name.

  • No spaces allowed. For example, ExampleRouteCalculator.

DataSource

[required] Specifies the data provider of traffic and road network data.

This field is case-sensitive. Enter the valid values as shown. For example, entering HERE returns an error.

Valid values include:

For additional information , see Data providers on the Amazon Location Service Developer Guide.

PricingPlan

No longer used. If included, the only allowed value is RequestBasedUsage.

Description

The optional description for the route calculator resource.

Tags

Applies one or more tags to the route calculator resource. A tag is a key-value pair helps manage, identify, search, and filter your resources by labelling them.

  • For example: { "tag1" : "value1", "tag2" : "value2"}

Format: "key" : "value"

Restrictions:

  • Maximum 50 tags per resource

  • Each resource tag must be unique with a maximum of one value.

  • Maximum key length: 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length: 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Can use alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9), and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Cannot use "aws:" as a prefix for a key.


Creates a tracker resource in your Amazon Web Services account, which lets you retrieve current and historical location of devices

Description

Creates a tracker resource in your Amazon Web Services account, which lets you retrieve current and historical location of devices.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_create_tracker/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_create_tracker(
  TrackerName,
  PricingPlan = NULL,
  KmsKeyId = NULL,
  PricingPlanDataSource = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  PositionFiltering = NULL,
  EventBridgeEnabled = NULL,
  KmsKeyEnableGeospatialQueries = NULL
)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The name for the tracker resource.

Requirements:

  • Contain only alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9) , hyphens (-), periods (.), and underscores (_).

  • Must be a unique tracker resource name.

  • No spaces allowed. For example, ExampleTracker.

PricingPlan

No longer used. If included, the only allowed value is RequestBasedUsage.

KmsKeyId

A key identifier for an Amazon Web Services KMS customer managed key. Enter a key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN.

PricingPlanDataSource

This parameter is no longer used.

Description

An optional description for the tracker resource.

Tags

Applies one or more tags to the tracker resource. A tag is a key-value pair helps manage, identify, search, and filter your resources by labelling them.

Format: "key" : "value"

Restrictions:

  • Maximum 50 tags per resource

  • Each resource tag must be unique with a maximum of one value.

  • Maximum key length: 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length: 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Can use alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9), and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Cannot use "aws:" as a prefix for a key.

PositionFiltering

Specifies the position filtering for the tracker resource.

Valid values:

  • TimeBased - Location updates are evaluated against linked geofence collections, but not every location update is stored. If your update frequency is more often than 30 seconds, only one update per 30 seconds is stored for each unique device ID.

  • DistanceBased - If the device has moved less than 30 m (98.4 ft), location updates are ignored. Location updates within this area are neither evaluated against linked geofence collections, nor stored. This helps control costs by reducing the number of geofence evaluations and historical device positions to paginate through. Distance-based filtering can also reduce the effects of GPS noise when displaying device trajectories on a map.

  • AccuracyBased - If the device has moved less than the measured accuracy, location updates are ignored. For example, if two consecutive updates from a device have a horizontal accuracy of 5 m and 10 m, the second update is ignored if the device has moved less than 15 m. Ignored location updates are neither evaluated against linked geofence collections, nor stored. This can reduce the effects of GPS noise when displaying device trajectories on a map, and can help control your costs by reducing the number of geofence evaluations.

This field is optional. If not specified, the default value is TimeBased.

EventBridgeEnabled

Whether to enable position UPDATE events from this tracker to be sent to EventBridge.

You do not need enable this feature to get ENTER and EXIT events for geofences with this tracker. Those events are always sent to EventBridge.

KmsKeyEnableGeospatialQueries

Enables GeospatialQueries for a tracker that uses a Amazon Web Services KMS customer managed key.

This parameter is only used if you are using a KMS customer managed key.

If you wish to encrypt your data using your own KMS customer managed key, then the Bounding Polygon Queries feature will be disabled by default. This is because by using this feature, a representation of your device positions will not be encrypted using the your KMS managed key. The exact device position, however; is still encrypted using your managed key.

You can choose to opt-in to the Bounding Polygon Quseries feature. This is done by setting the KmsKeyEnableGeospatialQueries parameter to true when creating or updating a Tracker.


Deletes a geofence collection from your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Deletes a geofence collection from your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_delete_geofence_collection/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_delete_geofence_collection(CollectionName)

Arguments

CollectionName

[required] The name of the geofence collection to be deleted.


Deletes the specified API key

Description

Deletes the specified API key. The API key must have been deactivated more than 90 days previously.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_delete_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_delete_key(KeyName, ForceDelete = NULL)

Arguments

KeyName

[required] The name of the API key to delete.

ForceDelete

ForceDelete bypasses an API key's expiry conditions and deletes the key. Set the parameter true to delete the key or to false to not preemptively delete the API key.

Valid values: true, or false.

Required: No

This action is irreversible. Only use ForceDelete if you are certain the key is no longer in use.


Deletes a map resource from your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Deletes a map resource from your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_delete_map/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_delete_map(MapName)

Arguments

MapName

[required] The name of the map resource to be deleted.


Deletes a place index resource from your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Deletes a place index resource from your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_delete_place_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_delete_place_index(IndexName)

Arguments

IndexName

[required] The name of the place index resource to be deleted.


Deletes a route calculator resource from your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Deletes a route calculator resource from your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_delete_route_calculator/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_delete_route_calculator(CalculatorName)

Arguments

CalculatorName

[required] The name of the route calculator resource to be deleted.


Deletes a tracker resource from your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Deletes a tracker resource from your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_delete_tracker/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_delete_tracker(TrackerName)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The name of the tracker resource to be deleted.


Retrieves the geofence collection details

Description

Retrieves the geofence collection details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_describe_geofence_collection/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_describe_geofence_collection(CollectionName)

Arguments

CollectionName

[required] The name of the geofence collection.


Retrieves the API key resource details

Description

Retrieves the API key resource details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_describe_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_describe_key(KeyName)

Arguments

KeyName

[required] The name of the API key resource.


Retrieves the map resource details

Description

Retrieves the map resource details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_describe_map/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_describe_map(MapName)

Arguments

MapName

[required] The name of the map resource.


Retrieves the place index resource details

Description

Retrieves the place index resource details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_describe_place_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_describe_place_index(IndexName)

Arguments

IndexName

[required] The name of the place index resource.


Retrieves the route calculator resource details

Description

Retrieves the route calculator resource details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_describe_route_calculator/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_describe_route_calculator(CalculatorName)

Arguments

CalculatorName

[required] The name of the route calculator resource.


Retrieves the tracker resource details

Description

Retrieves the tracker resource details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_describe_tracker/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_describe_tracker(TrackerName)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The name of the tracker resource.


Removes the association between a tracker resource and a geofence collection

Description

Removes the association between a tracker resource and a geofence collection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_disassociate_tracker_consumer/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_disassociate_tracker_consumer(TrackerName, ConsumerArn)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The name of the tracker resource to be dissociated from the consumer.

ConsumerArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the geofence collection to be disassociated from the tracker resource. Used when you need to specify a resource across all Amazon Web Services.

  • Format example: arn:aws:geo:region:account-id:geofence-collection/ExampleGeofenceCollectionConsumer


Evaluates device positions against geofence geometries from a given geofence collection

Description

Evaluates device positions against geofence geometries from a given geofence collection. The event forecasts three states for which a device can be in relative to a geofence:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_forecast_geofence_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_forecast_geofence_events(
  CollectionName,
  DeviceState,
  TimeHorizonMinutes = NULL,
  DistanceUnit = NULL,
  SpeedUnit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

CollectionName

[required] The name of the geofence collection.

DeviceState

[required] The device's state, including current position and speed.

TimeHorizonMinutes

Specifies the time horizon in minutes for the forecasted events.

DistanceUnit

The distance unit used for the NearestDistance property returned in a forecasted event. The measurement system must match for DistanceUnit and SpeedUnit; if Kilometers is specified for DistanceUnit, then SpeedUnit must be KilometersPerHour.

Default Value: Kilometers

SpeedUnit

The speed unit for the device captured by the device state. The measurement system must match for DistanceUnit and SpeedUnit; if Kilometers is specified for DistanceUnit, then SpeedUnit must be KilometersPerHour.

Default Value: KilometersPerHour.

NextToken

The pagination token specifying which page of results to return in the response. If no token is provided, the default page is the first page.

Default value: null

MaxResults

An optional limit for the number of resources returned in a single call.

Default value: 20


Retrieves a device's most recent position according to its sample time

Description

Retrieves a device's most recent position according to its sample time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_get_device_position/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_get_device_position(TrackerName, DeviceId)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The tracker resource receiving the position update.

DeviceId

[required] The device whose position you want to retrieve.


Retrieves the device position history from a tracker resource within a specified range of time

Description

Retrieves the device position history from a tracker resource within a specified range of time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_get_device_position_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_get_device_position_history(
  TrackerName,
  DeviceId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  StartTimeInclusive = NULL,
  EndTimeExclusive = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The tracker resource receiving the request for the device position history.

DeviceId

[required] The device whose position history you want to retrieve.

NextToken

The pagination token specifying which page of results to return in the response. If no token is provided, the default page is the first page.

Default value: null

StartTimeInclusive

Specify the start time for the position history in ISO 8601 format: YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ. By default, the value will be 24 hours prior to the time that the request is made.

Requirement:

  • The time specified for StartTimeInclusive must be before EndTimeExclusive.

EndTimeExclusive

Specify the end time for the position history in ISO 8601 format: YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ. By default, the value will be the time that the request is made.

Requirement:

  • The time specified for EndTimeExclusive must be after the time for StartTimeInclusive.

MaxResults

An optional limit for the number of device positions returned in a single call.

Default value: 100


Retrieves the geofence details from a geofence collection

Description

Retrieves the geofence details from a geofence collection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_get_geofence/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_get_geofence(CollectionName, GeofenceId)

Arguments

CollectionName

[required] The geofence collection storing the target geofence.

GeofenceId

[required] The geofence you're retrieving details for.


Retrieves glyphs used to display labels on a map

Description

Retrieves glyphs used to display labels on a map.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_get_map_glyphs/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_get_map_glyphs(
  MapName,
  FontStack,
  FontUnicodeRange,
  Key = NULL
)

Arguments

MapName

[required] The map resource associated with the glyph file.

FontStack

[required] A comma-separated list of fonts to load glyphs from in order of preference. For example, ⁠Noto Sans Regular, Arial Unicode⁠.

Valid font stacks for Esri styles:

  • VectorEsriDarkGrayCanvas – ⁠Ubuntu Medium Italic⁠ | ⁠Ubuntu Medium⁠ | ⁠Ubuntu Italic⁠ | ⁠Ubuntu Regular⁠ | ⁠Ubuntu Bold⁠

  • VectorEsriLightGrayCanvas – ⁠Ubuntu Italic⁠ | ⁠Ubuntu Regular⁠ | ⁠Ubuntu Light⁠ | ⁠Ubuntu Bold⁠

  • VectorEsriTopographic – ⁠Noto Sans Italic⁠ | ⁠Noto Sans Regular⁠ | ⁠Noto Sans Bold⁠ | ⁠Noto Serif Regular⁠ | ⁠Roboto Condensed Light Italic⁠

  • VectorEsriStreets – ⁠Arial Regular⁠ | ⁠Arial Italic⁠ | ⁠Arial Bold⁠

  • VectorEsriNavigation – ⁠Arial Regular⁠ | ⁠Arial Italic⁠ | ⁠Arial Bold⁠

Valid font stacks for HERE Technologies styles:

  • VectorHereContrast – ⁠Fira GO Regular⁠ | ⁠Fira GO Bold⁠

  • VectorHereExplore, VectorHereExploreTruck, HybridHereExploreSatellite – ⁠Fira GO Italic⁠ | ⁠Fira GO Map⁠ | ⁠Fira GO Map Bold⁠ | ⁠Noto Sans CJK JP Bold⁠ | ⁠Noto Sans CJK JP Light⁠ | ⁠Noto Sans CJK JP Regular⁠

Valid font stacks for GrabMaps styles:

  • VectorGrabStandardLight, VectorGrabStandardDark – ⁠Noto Sans Regular⁠ | ⁠Noto Sans Medium⁠ | ⁠Noto Sans Bold⁠

Valid font stacks for Open Data styles:

  • VectorOpenDataStandardLight, VectorOpenDataStandardDark, VectorOpenDataVisualizationLight, VectorOpenDataVisualizationDark – ⁠Amazon Ember Regular,Noto Sans Regular⁠ | ⁠Amazon Ember Bold,Noto Sans Bold⁠ | ⁠Amazon Ember Medium,Noto Sans Medium⁠ | ⁠Amazon Ember Regular Italic,Noto Sans Italic⁠ | ⁠Amazon Ember Condensed RC Regular,Noto Sans Regular⁠ | ⁠Amazon Ember Condensed RC Bold,Noto Sans Bold⁠ | ⁠Amazon Ember Regular,Noto Sans Regular,Noto Sans Arabic Regular⁠ | ⁠Amazon Ember Condensed RC Bold,Noto Sans Bold,Noto Sans Arabic Condensed Bold⁠ | ⁠Amazon Ember Bold,Noto Sans Bold,Noto Sans Arabic Bold⁠ | ⁠Amazon Ember Regular Italic,Noto Sans Italic,Noto Sans Arabic Regular⁠ | ⁠Amazon Ember Condensed RC Regular,Noto Sans Regular,Noto Sans Arabic Condensed Regular⁠ | ⁠Amazon Ember Medium,Noto Sans Medium,Noto Sans Arabic Medium⁠

The fonts used by the Open Data map styles are combined fonts that use ⁠Amazon Ember⁠ for most glyphs but ⁠Noto Sans⁠ for glyphs unsupported by ⁠Amazon Ember⁠.

FontUnicodeRange

[required] A Unicode range of characters to download glyphs for. Each response will contain 256 characters. For example, 0–255 includes all characters from range U+0000 to ⁠00FF⁠. Must be aligned to multiples of 256.

Key

The optional API key to authorize the request.


Retrieves the sprite sheet corresponding to a map resource

Description

Retrieves the sprite sheet corresponding to a map resource. The sprite sheet is a PNG image paired with a JSON document describing the offsets of individual icons that will be displayed on a rendered map.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_get_map_sprites/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_get_map_sprites(MapName, FileName, Key = NULL)

Arguments

MapName

[required] The map resource associated with the sprite file.

FileName

[required] The name of the sprite file. Use the following file names for the sprite sheet:

  • sprites.png

  • ⁠sprites@2x.png⁠ for high pixel density displays

For the JSON document containing image offsets. Use the following file names:

  • sprites.json

  • ⁠sprites@2x.json⁠ for high pixel density displays

Key

The optional API key to authorize the request.


Retrieves the map style descriptor from a map resource

Description

Retrieves the map style descriptor from a map resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_get_map_style_descriptor/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_get_map_style_descriptor(MapName, Key = NULL)

Arguments

MapName

[required] The map resource to retrieve the style descriptor from.

Key

The optional API key to authorize the request.


Retrieves a vector data tile from the map resource

Description

Retrieves a vector data tile from the map resource. Map tiles are used by clients to render a map. they're addressed using a grid arrangement with an X coordinate, Y coordinate, and Z (zoom) level.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_get_map_tile/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_get_map_tile(MapName, Z, X, Y, Key = NULL)

Arguments

MapName

[required] The map resource to retrieve the map tiles from.

Z

[required] The zoom value for the map tile.

X

[required] The X axis value for the map tile.

Y

[required] The Y axis value for the map tile.

Key

The optional API key to authorize the request.


Finds a place by its unique ID

Description

Finds a place by its unique ID. A PlaceId is returned by other search operations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_get_place/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_get_place(IndexName, PlaceId, Language = NULL, Key = NULL)

Arguments

IndexName

[required] The name of the place index resource that you want to use for the search.

PlaceId

[required] The identifier of the place to find.

Language

The preferred language used to return results. The value must be a valid BCP 47 language tag, for example, en for English.

This setting affects the languages used in the results, but not the results themselves. If no language is specified, or not supported for a particular result, the partner automatically chooses a language for the result.

For an example, we'll use the Greek language. You search for a location around Athens, Greece, with the language parameter set to en. The city in the results will most likely be returned as Athens.

If you set the language parameter to el, for Greek, then the city in the results will more likely be returned as A\Theta\eta\nu\alpha.

If the data provider does not have a value for Greek, the result will be in a language that the provider does support.

Key

The optional API key to authorize the request.


A batch request to retrieve all device positions

Description

A batch request to retrieve all device positions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_list_device_positions/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_list_device_positions(
  TrackerName,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  FilterGeometry = NULL
)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The tracker resource containing the requested devices.

MaxResults

An optional limit for the number of entries returned in a single call.

Default value: 100

NextToken

The pagination token specifying which page of results to return in the response. If no token is provided, the default page is the first page.

Default value: null

FilterGeometry

The geometry used to filter device positions.


Lists geofence collections in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists geofence collections in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_list_geofence_collections/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_list_geofence_collections(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

An optional limit for the number of resources returned in a single call.

Default value: 100

NextToken

The pagination token specifying which page of results to return in the response. If no token is provided, the default page is the first page.

Default value: null


Lists geofences stored in a given geofence collection

Description

Lists geofences stored in a given geofence collection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_list_geofences/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_list_geofences(
  CollectionName,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

CollectionName

[required] The name of the geofence collection storing the list of geofences.

NextToken

The pagination token specifying which page of results to return in the response. If no token is provided, the default page is the first page.

Default value: null

MaxResults

An optional limit for the number of geofences returned in a single call.

Default value: 100


Lists API key resources in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists API key resources in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_list_keys/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_list_keys(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL, Filter = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

An optional limit for the number of resources returned in a single call.

Default value: 100

NextToken

The pagination token specifying which page of results to return in the response. If no token is provided, the default page is the first page.

Default value: null

Filter

Optionally filter the list to only Active or Expired API keys.


Lists map resources in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists map resources in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_list_maps/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_list_maps(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

An optional limit for the number of resources returned in a single call.

Default value: 100

NextToken

The pagination token specifying which page of results to return in the response. If no token is provided, the default page is the first page.

Default value: null


Lists place index resources in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists place index resources in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_list_place_indexes/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_list_place_indexes(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

An optional limit for the maximum number of results returned in a single call.

Default value: 100

NextToken

The pagination token specifying which page of results to return in the response. If no token is provided, the default page is the first page.

Default value: null


Lists route calculator resources in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists route calculator resources in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_list_route_calculators/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_list_route_calculators(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

An optional maximum number of results returned in a single call.

Default Value: 100

NextToken

The pagination token specifying which page of results to return in the response. If no token is provided, the default page is the first page.

Default Value: null


Returns a list of tags that are applied to the specified Amazon Location resource

Description

Returns a list of tags that are applied to the specified Amazon Location resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource whose tags you want to retrieve.

  • Format example: arn:aws:geo:region:account-id:resourcetype/ExampleResource


Lists geofence collections currently associated to the given tracker resource

Description

Lists geofence collections currently associated to the given tracker resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_list_tracker_consumers/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_list_tracker_consumers(
  TrackerName,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The tracker resource whose associated geofence collections you want to list.

MaxResults

An optional limit for the number of resources returned in a single call.

Default value: 100

NextToken

The pagination token specifying which page of results to return in the response. If no token is provided, the default page is the first page.

Default value: null


Lists tracker resources in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists tracker resources in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_list_trackers/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_list_trackers(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

An optional limit for the number of resources returned in a single call.

Default value: 100

NextToken

The pagination token specifying which page of results to return in the response. If no token is provided, the default page is the first page.

Default value: null


Stores a geofence geometry in a given geofence collection, or updates the geometry of an existing geofence if a geofence ID is included in the request

Description

Stores a geofence geometry in a given geofence collection, or updates the geometry of an existing geofence if a geofence ID is included in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_put_geofence/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_put_geofence(
  CollectionName,
  GeofenceId,
  Geometry,
  GeofenceProperties = NULL
)

Arguments

CollectionName

[required] The geofence collection to store the geofence in.

GeofenceId

[required] An identifier for the geofence. For example, ExampleGeofence-1.

Geometry

[required] Contains the details to specify the position of the geofence. Can be a polygon, a circle or a polygon encoded in Geobuf format. Including multiple selections will return a validation error.

The geofence polygon format supports a maximum of 1,000 vertices. The Geofence Geobuf format supports a maximum of 100,000 vertices.

GeofenceProperties

Associates one of more properties with the geofence. A property is a key-value pair stored with the geofence and added to any geofence event triggered with that geofence.

Format: "key" : "value"


Reverse geocodes a given coordinate and returns a legible address

Description

Reverse geocodes a given coordinate and returns a legible address. Allows you to search for Places or points of interest near a given position.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_search_place_index_for_position/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_search_place_index_for_position(
  IndexName,
  Position,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Language = NULL,
  Key = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexName

[required] The name of the place index resource you want to use for the search.

Position

[required] Specifies the longitude and latitude of the position to query.

This parameter must contain a pair of numbers. The first number represents the X coordinate, or longitude; the second number represents the Y coordinate, or latitude.

For example, ⁠[-123.1174, 49.2847]⁠ represents a position with longitude -123.1174 and latitude 49.2847.

MaxResults

An optional parameter. The maximum number of results returned per request.

Default value: 50

Language

The preferred language used to return results. The value must be a valid BCP 47 language tag, for example, en for English.

This setting affects the languages used in the results, but not the results themselves. If no language is specified, or not supported for a particular result, the partner automatically chooses a language for the result.

For an example, we'll use the Greek language. You search for a location around Athens, Greece, with the language parameter set to en. The city in the results will most likely be returned as Athens.

If you set the language parameter to el, for Greek, then the city in the results will more likely be returned as A\Theta\eta\nu\alpha.

If the data provider does not have a value for Greek, the result will be in a language that the provider does support.

Key

The optional API key to authorize the request.


Generates suggestions for addresses and points of interest based on partial or misspelled free-form text

Description

Generates suggestions for addresses and points of interest based on partial or misspelled free-form text. This operation is also known as autocomplete, autosuggest, or fuzzy matching.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_search_place_index_for_suggestions/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_search_place_index_for_suggestions(
  IndexName,
  Text,
  BiasPosition = NULL,
  FilterBBox = NULL,
  FilterCountries = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Language = NULL,
  FilterCategories = NULL,
  Key = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexName

[required] The name of the place index resource you want to use for the search.

Text

[required] The free-form partial text to use to generate place suggestions. For example, ⁠eiffel tow⁠.

BiasPosition

An optional parameter that indicates a preference for place suggestions that are closer to a specified position.

If provided, this parameter must contain a pair of numbers. The first number represents the X coordinate, or longitude; the second number represents the Y coordinate, or latitude.

For example, ⁠[-123.1174, 49.2847]⁠ represents the position with longitude -123.1174 and latitude 49.2847.

BiasPosition and FilterBBox are mutually exclusive. Specifying both options results in an error.

FilterBBox

An optional parameter that limits the search results by returning only suggestions within a specified bounding box.

If provided, this parameter must contain a total of four consecutive numbers in two pairs. The first pair of numbers represents the X and Y coordinates (longitude and latitude, respectively) of the southwest corner of the bounding box; the second pair of numbers represents the X and Y coordinates (longitude and latitude, respectively) of the northeast corner of the bounding box.

For example, ⁠[-12.7935, -37.4835, -12.0684, -36.9542]⁠ represents a bounding box where the southwest corner has longitude -12.7935 and latitude -37.4835, and the northeast corner has longitude -12.0684 and latitude -36.9542.

FilterBBox and BiasPosition are mutually exclusive. Specifying both options results in an error.

FilterCountries

An optional parameter that limits the search results by returning only suggestions within the provided list of countries.

  • Use the ISO 3166 3-digit country code. For example, Australia uses three upper-case characters: AUS.

MaxResults

An optional parameter. The maximum number of results returned per request.

The default: 5

Language

The preferred language used to return results. The value must be a valid BCP 47 language tag, for example, en for English.

This setting affects the languages used in the results. If no language is specified, or not supported for a particular result, the partner automatically chooses a language for the result.

For an example, we'll use the Greek language. You search for ⁠Athens, Gr⁠ to get suggestions with the language parameter set to en. The results found will most likely be returned as ⁠Athens, Greece⁠.

If you set the language parameter to el, for Greek, then the result found will more likely be returned as A\Theta\eta\nu\sigma, E\lambda\lambda\alpha\delta.

If the data provider does not have a value for Greek, the result will be in a language that the provider does support.

FilterCategories

A list of one or more Amazon Location categories to filter the returned places. If you include more than one category, the results will include results that match any of the categories listed.

For more information about using categories, including a list of Amazon Location categories, see Categories and filtering, in the Amazon Location Service Developer Guide.

Key

The optional API key to authorize the request.


Geocodes free-form text, such as an address, name, city, or region to allow you to search for Places or points of interest

Description

Geocodes free-form text, such as an address, name, city, or region to allow you to search for Places or points of interest.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_search_place_index_for_text/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_search_place_index_for_text(
  IndexName,
  Text,
  BiasPosition = NULL,
  FilterBBox = NULL,
  FilterCountries = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Language = NULL,
  FilterCategories = NULL,
  Key = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexName

[required] The name of the place index resource you want to use for the search.

Text

[required] The address, name, city, or region to be used in the search in free-form text format. For example, ⁠123 Any Street⁠.

BiasPosition

An optional parameter that indicates a preference for places that are closer to a specified position.

If provided, this parameter must contain a pair of numbers. The first number represents the X coordinate, or longitude; the second number represents the Y coordinate, or latitude.

For example, ⁠[-123.1174, 49.2847]⁠ represents the position with longitude -123.1174 and latitude 49.2847.

BiasPosition and FilterBBox are mutually exclusive. Specifying both options results in an error.

FilterBBox

An optional parameter that limits the search results by returning only places that are within the provided bounding box.

If provided, this parameter must contain a total of four consecutive numbers in two pairs. The first pair of numbers represents the X and Y coordinates (longitude and latitude, respectively) of the southwest corner of the bounding box; the second pair of numbers represents the X and Y coordinates (longitude and latitude, respectively) of the northeast corner of the bounding box.

For example, ⁠[-12.7935, -37.4835, -12.0684, -36.9542]⁠ represents a bounding box where the southwest corner has longitude -12.7935 and latitude -37.4835, and the northeast corner has longitude -12.0684 and latitude -36.9542.

FilterBBox and BiasPosition are mutually exclusive. Specifying both options results in an error.

FilterCountries

An optional parameter that limits the search results by returning only places that are in a specified list of countries.

  • Valid values include ISO 3166 3-digit country codes. For example, Australia uses three upper-case characters: AUS.

MaxResults

An optional parameter. The maximum number of results returned per request.

The default: 50

Language

The preferred language used to return results. The value must be a valid BCP 47 language tag, for example, en for English.

This setting affects the languages used in the results, but not the results themselves. If no language is specified, or not supported for a particular result, the partner automatically chooses a language for the result.

For an example, we'll use the Greek language. You search for ⁠Athens, Greece⁠, with the language parameter set to en. The result found will most likely be returned as Athens.

If you set the language parameter to el, for Greek, then the result found will more likely be returned as A\Theta\eta\nu\alpha.

If the data provider does not have a value for Greek, the result will be in a language that the provider does support.

FilterCategories

A list of one or more Amazon Location categories to filter the returned places. If you include more than one category, the results will include results that match any of the categories listed.

For more information about using categories, including a list of Amazon Location categories, see Categories and filtering, in the Amazon Location Service Developer Guide.

Key

The optional API key to authorize the request.


Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified Amazon Location Service resource

Description

Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified Amazon Location Service resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource whose tags you want to update.

  • Format example: arn:aws:geo:region:account-id:resourcetype/ExampleResource

Tags

[required] Applies one or more tags to specific resource. A tag is a key-value pair that helps you manage, identify, search, and filter your resources.

Format: "key" : "value"

Restrictions:

  • Maximum 50 tags per resource.

  • Each tag key must be unique and must have exactly one associated value.

  • Maximum key length: 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Maximum value length: 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Can use alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9), and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @

  • Cannot use "aws:" as a prefix for a key.


Removes one or more tags from the specified Amazon Location resource

Description

Removes one or more tags from the specified Amazon Location resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which you want to remove tags.

  • Format example: arn:aws:geo:region:account-id:resourcetype/ExampleResource

TagKeys

[required] The list of tag keys to remove from the specified resource.


Updates the specified properties of a given geofence collection

Description

Updates the specified properties of a given geofence collection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_update_geofence_collection/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_update_geofence_collection(
  CollectionName,
  PricingPlan = NULL,
  PricingPlanDataSource = NULL,
  Description = NULL
)

Arguments

CollectionName

[required] The name of the geofence collection to update.

PricingPlan

No longer used. If included, the only allowed value is RequestBasedUsage.

PricingPlanDataSource

This parameter is no longer used.

Description

Updates the description for the geofence collection.


Updates the specified properties of a given API key resource

Description

Updates the specified properties of a given API key resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_update_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_update_key(
  KeyName,
  Description = NULL,
  ExpireTime = NULL,
  NoExpiry = NULL,
  ForceUpdate = NULL,
  Restrictions = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyName

[required] The name of the API key resource to update.

Description

Updates the description for the API key resource.

ExpireTime

Updates the timestamp for when the API key resource will expire in ISO 8601 format: YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ.

NoExpiry

Whether the API key should expire. Set to true to set the API key to have no expiration time.

ForceUpdate

The boolean flag to be included for updating ExpireTime or Restrictions details.

Must be set to true to update an API key resource that has been used in the past 7 days.

False if force update is not preferred

Default value: False

Restrictions

Updates the API key restrictions for the API key resource.


Updates the specified properties of a given map resource

Description

Updates the specified properties of a given map resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_update_map/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_update_map(
  MapName,
  PricingPlan = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  ConfigurationUpdate = NULL
)

Arguments

MapName

[required] The name of the map resource to update.

PricingPlan

No longer used. If included, the only allowed value is RequestBasedUsage.

Description

Updates the description for the map resource.

ConfigurationUpdate

Updates the parts of the map configuration that can be updated, including the political view.


Updates the specified properties of a given place index resource

Description

Updates the specified properties of a given place index resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_update_place_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_update_place_index(
  IndexName,
  PricingPlan = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  DataSourceConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexName

[required] The name of the place index resource to update.

PricingPlan

No longer used. If included, the only allowed value is RequestBasedUsage.

Description

Updates the description for the place index resource.

DataSourceConfiguration

Updates the data storage option for the place index resource.


Updates the specified properties for a given route calculator resource

Description

Updates the specified properties for a given route calculator resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_update_route_calculator/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_update_route_calculator(
  CalculatorName,
  PricingPlan = NULL,
  Description = NULL
)

Arguments

CalculatorName

[required] The name of the route calculator resource to update.

PricingPlan

No longer used. If included, the only allowed value is RequestBasedUsage.

Description

Updates the description for the route calculator resource.


Updates the specified properties of a given tracker resource

Description

Updates the specified properties of a given tracker resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_update_tracker/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_update_tracker(
  TrackerName,
  PricingPlan = NULL,
  PricingPlanDataSource = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  PositionFiltering = NULL,
  EventBridgeEnabled = NULL,
  KmsKeyEnableGeospatialQueries = NULL
)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The name of the tracker resource to update.

PricingPlan

No longer used. If included, the only allowed value is RequestBasedUsage.

PricingPlanDataSource

This parameter is no longer used.

Description

Updates the description for the tracker resource.

PositionFiltering

Updates the position filtering for the tracker resource.

Valid values:

  • TimeBased - Location updates are evaluated against linked geofence collections, but not every location update is stored. If your update frequency is more often than 30 seconds, only one update per 30 seconds is stored for each unique device ID.

  • DistanceBased - If the device has moved less than 30 m (98.4 ft), location updates are ignored. Location updates within this distance are neither evaluated against linked geofence collections, nor stored. This helps control costs by reducing the number of geofence evaluations and historical device positions to paginate through. Distance-based filtering can also reduce the effects of GPS noise when displaying device trajectories on a map.

  • AccuracyBased - If the device has moved less than the measured accuracy, location updates are ignored. For example, if two consecutive updates from a device have a horizontal accuracy of 5 m and 10 m, the second update is ignored if the device has moved less than 15 m. Ignored location updates are neither evaluated against linked geofence collections, nor stored. This helps educe the effects of GPS noise when displaying device trajectories on a map, and can help control costs by reducing the number of geofence evaluations.

EventBridgeEnabled

Whether to enable position UPDATE events from this tracker to be sent to EventBridge.

You do not need enable this feature to get ENTER and EXIT events for geofences with this tracker. Those events are always sent to EventBridge.

KmsKeyEnableGeospatialQueries

Enables GeospatialQueries for a tracker that uses a Amazon Web Services KMS customer managed key.

This parameter is only used if you are using a KMS customer managed key.


Verifies the integrity of the device's position by determining if it was reported behind a proxy, and by comparing it to an inferred position estimated based on the device's state

Description

Verifies the integrity of the device's position by determining if it was reported behind a proxy, and by comparing it to an inferred position estimated based on the device's state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/locationservice_verify_device_position/ for full documentation.

Usage

locationservice_verify_device_position(
  TrackerName,
  DeviceState,
  DistanceUnit = NULL
)

Arguments

TrackerName

[required] The name of the tracker resource to be associated with verification request.

DeviceState

[required] The device's state, including position, IP address, cell signals and Wi-Fi access points.

DistanceUnit

The distance unit for the verification request.

Default Value: Kilometers


AmazonMQ

Description

Amazon MQ is a managed message broker service for Apache ActiveMQ and RabbitMQ that makes it easy to set up and operate message brokers in the cloud. A message broker allows software applications and components to communicate using various programming languages, operating systems, and formal messaging protocols.

Usage

mq(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- mq(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_broker Creates a broker
create_configuration Creates a new configuration for the specified configuration name
create_tags Add a tag to a resource
create_user Creates an ActiveMQ user
delete_broker Deletes a broker
delete_tags Removes a tag from a resource
delete_user Deletes an ActiveMQ user
describe_broker Returns information about the specified broker
describe_broker_engine_types Describe available engine types and versions
describe_broker_instance_options Describe available broker instance options
describe_configuration Returns information about the specified configuration
describe_configuration_revision Returns the specified configuration revision for the specified configuration
describe_user Returns information about an ActiveMQ user
list_brokers Returns a list of all brokers
list_configuration_revisions Returns a list of all revisions for the specified configuration
list_configurations Returns a list of all configurations
list_tags Lists tags for a resource
list_users Returns a list of all ActiveMQ users
promote Promotes a data replication replica broker to the primary broker role
reboot_broker Reboots a broker
update_broker Adds a pending configuration change to a broker
update_configuration Updates the specified configuration
update_user Updates the information for an ActiveMQ user

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- mq()
svc$create_broker(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a broker

Description

Creates a broker. Note: This API is asynchronous.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_create_broker/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_create_broker(
  AuthenticationStrategy = NULL,
  AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = NULL,
  BrokerName,
  Configuration = NULL,
  CreatorRequestId = NULL,
  DeploymentMode,
  EncryptionOptions = NULL,
  EngineType,
  EngineVersion = NULL,
  HostInstanceType,
  LdapServerMetadata = NULL,
  Logs = NULL,
  MaintenanceWindowStartTime = NULL,
  PubliclyAccessible,
  SecurityGroups = NULL,
  StorageType = NULL,
  SubnetIds = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  Users,
  DataReplicationMode = NULL,
  DataReplicationPrimaryBrokerArn = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationStrategy

Optional. The authentication strategy used to secure the broker. The default is SIMPLE.

AutoMinorVersionUpgrade

Enables automatic upgrades to new patch versions for brokers as new versions are released and supported by Amazon MQ. Automatic upgrades occur during the scheduled maintenance window or after a manual broker reboot. Set to true by default, if no value is specified.

Must be set to true for ActiveMQ brokers version 5.18 and above and for RabbitMQ brokers version 3.13 and above.

BrokerName

[required] Required. The broker's name. This value must be unique in your Amazon Web Services account, 1-50 characters long, must contain only letters, numbers, dashes, and underscores, and must not contain white spaces, brackets, wildcard characters, or special characters.

Do not add personally identifiable information (PII) or other confidential or sensitive information in broker names. Broker names are accessible to other Amazon Web Services services, including CloudWatch Logs. Broker names are not intended to be used for private or sensitive data.

Configuration

A list of information about the configuration.

CreatorRequestId

The unique ID that the requester receives for the created broker. Amazon MQ passes your ID with the API action.

We recommend using a Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) for the creatorRequestId. You may omit the creatorRequestId if your application doesn't require idempotency.

DeploymentMode

[required] Required. The broker's deployment mode.

EncryptionOptions

Encryption options for the broker.

EngineType

[required] Required. The type of broker engine. Currently, Amazon MQ supports ACTIVEMQ and RABBITMQ.

EngineVersion

The broker engine version. Defaults to the latest available version for the specified broker engine type. For more information, see the ActiveMQ version management and the RabbitMQ version management sections in the Amazon MQ Developer Guide.

HostInstanceType

[required] Required. The broker's instance type.

LdapServerMetadata

Optional. The metadata of the LDAP server used to authenticate and authorize connections to the broker. Does not apply to RabbitMQ brokers.

Logs

Enables Amazon CloudWatch logging for brokers.

MaintenanceWindowStartTime

The parameters that determine the WeeklyStartTime.

PubliclyAccessible

[required] Enables connections from applications outside of the VPC that hosts the broker's subnets. Set to false by default, if no value is provided.

SecurityGroups

The list of rules (1 minimum, 125 maximum) that authorize connections to brokers.

StorageType

The broker's storage type.

SubnetIds

The list of groups that define which subnets and IP ranges the broker can use from different Availability Zones. If you specify more than one subnet, the subnets must be in different Availability Zones. Amazon MQ will not be able to create VPC endpoints for your broker with multiple subnets in the same Availability Zone. A SINGLE_INSTANCE deployment requires one subnet (for example, the default subnet). An ACTIVE_STANDBY_MULTI_AZ Amazon MQ for ActiveMQ deployment requires two subnets. A CLUSTER_MULTI_AZ Amazon MQ for RabbitMQ deployment has no subnet requirements when deployed with public accessibility. Deployment without public accessibility requires at least one subnet.

If you specify subnets in a shared VPC for a RabbitMQ broker, the associated VPC to which the specified subnets belong must be owned by your Amazon Web Services account. Amazon MQ will not be able to create VPC endpoints in VPCs that are not owned by your Amazon Web Services account.

Tags

Create tags when creating the broker.

Users

[required] The list of broker users (persons or applications) who can access queues and topics. For Amazon MQ for RabbitMQ brokers, one and only one administrative user is accepted and created when a broker is first provisioned. All subsequent broker users are created by making RabbitMQ API calls directly to brokers or via the RabbitMQ web console.

DataReplicationMode

Defines whether this broker is a part of a data replication pair.

DataReplicationPrimaryBrokerArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the primary broker that is used to replicate data from in a data replication pair, and is applied to the replica broker. Must be set when dataReplicationMode is set to CRDR.


Creates a new configuration for the specified configuration name

Description

Creates a new configuration for the specified configuration name. Amazon MQ uses the default configuration (the engine type and version).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_create_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_create_configuration(
  AuthenticationStrategy = NULL,
  EngineType,
  EngineVersion = NULL,
  Name,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationStrategy

Optional. The authentication strategy associated with the configuration. The default is SIMPLE.

EngineType

[required] Required. The type of broker engine. Currently, Amazon MQ supports ACTIVEMQ and RABBITMQ.

EngineVersion

The broker engine version. Defaults to the latest available version for the specified broker engine type. For more information, see the ActiveMQ version management and the RabbitMQ version management sections in the Amazon MQ Developer Guide.

Name

[required] Required. The name of the configuration. This value can contain only alphanumeric characters, dashes, periods, underscores, and tildes (- . _ ~). This value must be 1-150 characters long.

Tags

Create tags when creating the configuration.


Add a tag to a resource

Description

Add a tag to a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_create_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_create_tags(ResourceArn, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource tag.

Tags

The key-value pair for the resource tag.


Creates an ActiveMQ user

Description

Creates an ActiveMQ user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_create_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_create_user(
  BrokerId,
  ConsoleAccess = NULL,
  Groups = NULL,
  Password,
  Username,
  ReplicationUser = NULL
)

Arguments

BrokerId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the broker.

ConsoleAccess

Enables access to the ActiveMQ Web Console for the ActiveMQ user.

Groups

The list of groups (20 maximum) to which the ActiveMQ user belongs. This value can contain only alphanumeric characters, dashes, periods, underscores, and tildes (- . _ ~). This value must be 2-100 characters long.

Password

[required] Required. The password of the user. This value must be at least 12 characters long, must contain at least 4 unique characters, and must not contain commas, colons, or equal signs (,:=).

Username

[required] The username of the ActiveMQ user. This value can contain only alphanumeric characters, dashes, periods, underscores, and tildes (- . _ ~). This value must be 2-100 characters long.

ReplicationUser

Defines if this user is intended for CRDR replication purposes.


Deletes a broker

Description

Deletes a broker. Note: This API is asynchronous.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_delete_broker/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_delete_broker(BrokerId)

Arguments

BrokerId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the broker.


Removes a tag from a resource

Description

Removes a tag from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_delete_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_delete_tags(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource tag.

TagKeys

[required] An array of tag keys to delete


Deletes an ActiveMQ user

Description

Deletes an ActiveMQ user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_delete_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_delete_user(BrokerId, Username)

Arguments

BrokerId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the broker.

Username

[required] The username of the ActiveMQ user. This value can contain only alphanumeric characters, dashes, periods, underscores, and tildes (- . _ ~). This value must be 2-100 characters long.


Returns information about the specified broker

Description

Returns information about the specified broker.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_describe_broker/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_describe_broker(BrokerId)

Arguments

BrokerId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the broker.


Describe available engine types and versions

Description

Describe available engine types and versions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_describe_broker_engine_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_describe_broker_engine_types(
  EngineType = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

EngineType

Filter response by engine type.

MaxResults

The maximum number of brokers that Amazon MQ can return per page (20 by default). This value must be an integer from 5 to 100.

NextToken

The token that specifies the next page of results Amazon MQ should return. To request the first page, leave nextToken empty.


Describe available broker instance options

Description

Describe available broker instance options.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_describe_broker_instance_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_describe_broker_instance_options(
  EngineType = NULL,
  HostInstanceType = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  StorageType = NULL
)

Arguments

EngineType

Filter response by engine type.

HostInstanceType

Filter response by host instance type.

MaxResults

The maximum number of brokers that Amazon MQ can return per page (20 by default). This value must be an integer from 5 to 100.

NextToken

The token that specifies the next page of results Amazon MQ should return. To request the first page, leave nextToken empty.

StorageType

Filter response by storage type.


Returns information about the specified configuration

Description

Returns information about the specified configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_describe_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_describe_configuration(ConfigurationId)

Arguments

ConfigurationId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the configuration.


Returns the specified configuration revision for the specified configuration

Description

Returns the specified configuration revision for the specified configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_describe_configuration_revision/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_describe_configuration_revision(ConfigurationId, ConfigurationRevision)

Arguments

ConfigurationId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the configuration.

ConfigurationRevision

[required] The revision of the configuration.


Returns information about an ActiveMQ user

Description

Returns information about an ActiveMQ user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_describe_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_describe_user(BrokerId, Username)

Arguments

BrokerId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the broker.

Username

[required] The username of the ActiveMQ user. This value can contain only alphanumeric characters, dashes, periods, underscores, and tildes (- . _ ~). This value must be 2-100 characters long.


Returns a list of all brokers

Description

Returns a list of all brokers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_list_brokers/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_list_brokers(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of brokers that Amazon MQ can return per page (20 by default). This value must be an integer from 5 to 100.

NextToken

The token that specifies the next page of results Amazon MQ should return. To request the first page, leave nextToken empty.


Returns a list of all revisions for the specified configuration

Description

Returns a list of all revisions for the specified configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_list_configuration_revisions/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_list_configuration_revisions(
  ConfigurationId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ConfigurationId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the configuration.

MaxResults

The maximum number of brokers that Amazon MQ can return per page (20 by default). This value must be an integer from 5 to 100.

NextToken

The token that specifies the next page of results Amazon MQ should return. To request the first page, leave nextToken empty.


Returns a list of all configurations

Description

Returns a list of all configurations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_list_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_list_configurations(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of brokers that Amazon MQ can return per page (20 by default). This value must be an integer from 5 to 100.

NextToken

The token that specifies the next page of results Amazon MQ should return. To request the first page, leave nextToken empty.


Lists tags for a resource

Description

Lists tags for a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_list_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_list_tags(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource tag.


Returns a list of all ActiveMQ users

Description

Returns a list of all ActiveMQ users.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_list_users/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_list_users(BrokerId, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

BrokerId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the broker.

MaxResults

The maximum number of brokers that Amazon MQ can return per page (20 by default). This value must be an integer from 5 to 100.

NextToken

The token that specifies the next page of results Amazon MQ should return. To request the first page, leave nextToken empty.


Promotes a data replication replica broker to the primary broker role

Description

Promotes a data replication replica broker to the primary broker role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_promote/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_promote(BrokerId, Mode)

Arguments

BrokerId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the broker.

Mode

[required] The Promote mode requested. Note: Valid values for the parameter are SWITCHOVER, FAILOVER.


Reboots a broker

Description

Reboots a broker. Note: This API is asynchronous.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_reboot_broker/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_reboot_broker(BrokerId)

Arguments

BrokerId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the broker.


Adds a pending configuration change to a broker

Description

Adds a pending configuration change to a broker.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_update_broker/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_update_broker(
  AuthenticationStrategy = NULL,
  AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = NULL,
  BrokerId,
  Configuration = NULL,
  EngineVersion = NULL,
  HostInstanceType = NULL,
  LdapServerMetadata = NULL,
  Logs = NULL,
  MaintenanceWindowStartTime = NULL,
  SecurityGroups = NULL,
  DataReplicationMode = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationStrategy

Optional. The authentication strategy used to secure the broker. The default is SIMPLE.

AutoMinorVersionUpgrade

Enables automatic upgrades to new patch versions for brokers as new versions are released and supported by Amazon MQ. Automatic upgrades occur during the scheduled maintenance window or after a manual broker reboot.

Must be set to true for ActiveMQ brokers version 5.18 and above and for RabbitMQ brokers version 3.13 and above.

BrokerId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the broker.

Configuration

A list of information about the configuration.

EngineVersion

The broker engine version. For more information, see the ActiveMQ version management and the RabbitMQ version management sections in the Amazon MQ Developer Guide.

When upgrading to ActiveMQ version 5.18 and above or RabbitMQ version 3.13 and above, you must have autoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true for the broker.

HostInstanceType

The broker's host instance type to upgrade to. For a list of supported instance types, see Broker instance types.

LdapServerMetadata

Optional. The metadata of the LDAP server used to authenticate and authorize connections to the broker. Does not apply to RabbitMQ brokers.

Logs

Enables Amazon CloudWatch logging for brokers.

MaintenanceWindowStartTime

The parameters that determine the WeeklyStartTime.

SecurityGroups

The list of security groups (1 minimum, 5 maximum) that authorizes connections to brokers.

DataReplicationMode

Defines whether this broker is a part of a data replication pair.


Updates the specified configuration

Description

Updates the specified configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_update_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_update_configuration(ConfigurationId, Data, Description = NULL)

Arguments

ConfigurationId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the configuration.

Data

[required] Amazon MQ for Active MQ: The base64-encoded XML configuration. Amazon MQ for RabbitMQ: the base64-encoded Cuttlefish configuration.

Description

The description of the configuration.


Updates the information for an ActiveMQ user

Description

Updates the information for an ActiveMQ user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mq_update_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

mq_update_user(
  BrokerId,
  ConsoleAccess = NULL,
  Groups = NULL,
  Password = NULL,
  Username,
  ReplicationUser = NULL
)

Arguments

BrokerId

[required] The unique ID that Amazon MQ generates for the broker.

ConsoleAccess

Enables access to the the ActiveMQ Web Console for the ActiveMQ user.

Groups

The list of groups (20 maximum) to which the ActiveMQ user belongs. This value can contain only alphanumeric characters, dashes, periods, underscores, and tildes (- . _ ~). This value must be 2-100 characters long.

Password

The password of the user. This value must be at least 12 characters long, must contain at least 4 unique characters, and must not contain commas, colons, or equal signs (,:=).

Username

[required] The username of the ActiveMQ user. This value can contain only alphanumeric characters, dashes, periods, underscores, and tildes (- . _ ~). This value must be 2-100 characters long.

ReplicationUser

Defines whether the user is intended for data replication.


AmazonMWAA

Description

Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow

This section contains the Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) API reference documentation. For more information, see What is Amazon MWAA?.

Endpoints

Regions

For a list of supported regions, see Amazon MWAA endpoints and quotas in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Usage

mwaa(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- mwaa(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_cli_token Creates a CLI token for the Airflow CLI
create_environment Creates an Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (Amazon MWAA) environment
create_web_login_token Creates a web login token for the Airflow Web UI
delete_environment Deletes an Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (Amazon MWAA) environment
get_environment Describes an Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment
invoke_rest_api Invokes the Apache Airflow REST API on the webserver with the specified inputs
list_environments Lists the Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environments
list_tags_for_resource Lists the key-value tag pairs associated to the Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment
publish_metrics Internal only
tag_resource Associates key-value tag pairs to your Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment
untag_resource Removes key-value tag pairs associated to your Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment
update_environment Updates an Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- mwaa()
svc$create_cli_token(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a CLI token for the Airflow CLI

Description

Creates a CLI token for the Airflow CLI. To learn more, see Creating an Apache Airflow CLI token.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mwaa_create_cli_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

mwaa_create_cli_token(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the Amazon MWAA environment. For example, MyMWAAEnvironment.


Creates an Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (Amazon MWAA) environment

Description

Creates an Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (Amazon MWAA) environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mwaa_create_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

mwaa_create_environment(
  Name,
  ExecutionRoleArn,
  SourceBucketArn,
  DagS3Path,
  NetworkConfiguration,
  PluginsS3Path = NULL,
  PluginsS3ObjectVersion = NULL,
  RequirementsS3Path = NULL,
  RequirementsS3ObjectVersion = NULL,
  StartupScriptS3Path = NULL,
  StartupScriptS3ObjectVersion = NULL,
  AirflowConfigurationOptions = NULL,
  EnvironmentClass = NULL,
  MaxWorkers = NULL,
  KmsKey = NULL,
  AirflowVersion = NULL,
  LoggingConfiguration = NULL,
  WeeklyMaintenanceWindowStart = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  WebserverAccessMode = NULL,
  MinWorkers = NULL,
  Schedulers = NULL,
  EndpointManagement = NULL,
  MinWebservers = NULL,
  MaxWebservers = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the Amazon MWAA environment. For example, MyMWAAEnvironment.

ExecutionRoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution role for your environment. An execution role is an Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that grants MWAA permission to access Amazon Web Services services and resources used by your environment. For example, ⁠arn:aws:iam::123456789:role/my-execution-role⁠. For more information, see Amazon MWAA Execution role.

SourceBucketArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon S3 bucket where your DAG code and supporting files are stored. For example, arn:aws:s3:::my-airflow-bucket-unique-name. For more information, see Create an Amazon S3 bucket for Amazon MWAA.

DagS3Path

[required] The relative path to the DAGs folder on your Amazon S3 bucket. For example, dags. For more information, see Adding or updating DAGs.

NetworkConfiguration

[required] The VPC networking components used to secure and enable network traffic between the Amazon Web Services resources for your environment. For more information, see About networking on Amazon MWAA.

PluginsS3Path

The relative path to the plugins.zip file on your Amazon S3 bucket. For example, plugins.zip. If specified, then the plugins.zip version is required. For more information, see Installing custom plugins.

PluginsS3ObjectVersion

The version of the plugins.zip file on your Amazon S3 bucket. You must specify a version each time a plugins.zip file is updated. For more information, see How S3 Versioning works.

RequirementsS3Path

The relative path to the requirements.txt file on your Amazon S3 bucket. For example, requirements.txt. If specified, then a version is required. For more information, see Installing Python dependencies.

RequirementsS3ObjectVersion

The version of the requirements.txt file on your Amazon S3 bucket. You must specify a version each time a requirements.txt file is updated. For more information, see How S3 Versioning works.

StartupScriptS3Path

The relative path to the startup shell script in your Amazon S3 bucket. For example, ⁠s3://mwaa-environment/startup.sh⁠.

Amazon MWAA runs the script as your environment starts, and before running the Apache Airflow process. You can use this script to install dependencies, modify Apache Airflow configuration options, and set environment variables. For more information, see Using a startup script.

StartupScriptS3ObjectVersion

The version of the startup shell script in your Amazon S3 bucket. You must specify the version ID that Amazon S3 assigns to the file every time you update the script.

Version IDs are Unicode, UTF-8 encoded, URL-ready, opaque strings that are no more than 1,024 bytes long. The following is an example:

⁠3sL4kqtJlcpXroDTDmJ+rmSpXd3dIbrHY+MTRCxf3vjVBH40Nr8X8gdRQBpUMLUo⁠

For more information, see Using a startup script.

AirflowConfigurationOptions

A list of key-value pairs containing the Apache Airflow configuration options you want to attach to your environment. For more information, see Apache Airflow configuration options.

EnvironmentClass

The environment class type. Valid values: mw1.micro, mw1.small, mw1.medium, mw1.large, mw1.xlarge, and mw1.2xlarge. For more information, see Amazon MWAA environment class.

MaxWorkers

The maximum number of workers that you want to run in your environment. MWAA scales the number of Apache Airflow workers up to the number you specify in the MaxWorkers field. For example, 20. When there are no more tasks running, and no more in the queue, MWAA disposes of the extra workers leaving the one worker that is included with your environment, or the number you specify in MinWorkers.

KmsKey

The Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) key to encrypt the data in your environment. You can use an Amazon Web Services owned CMK, or a Customer managed CMK (advanced). For more information, see Create an Amazon MWAA environment.

AirflowVersion

The Apache Airflow version for your environment. If no value is specified, it defaults to the latest version. For more information, see Apache Airflow versions on Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (Amazon MWAA).

Valid values: ⁠1.10.12⁠, ⁠2.0.2⁠, ⁠2.2.2⁠, ⁠2.4.3⁠, ⁠2.5.1⁠, ⁠2.6.3⁠, ⁠2.7.2⁠, ⁠2.8.1⁠, ⁠2.9.2⁠, ⁠2.10.1⁠, and ⁠2.10.3⁠.

LoggingConfiguration

Defines the Apache Airflow logs to send to CloudWatch Logs.

WeeklyMaintenanceWindowStart

The day and time of the week in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) 24-hour standard time to start weekly maintenance updates of your environment in the following format: DAY:HH:MM. For example: TUE:03:30. You can specify a start time in 30 minute increments only.

Tags

The key-value tag pairs you want to associate to your environment. For example, "Environment": "Staging". For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources.

WebserverAccessMode

Defines the access mode for the Apache Airflow web server. For more information, see Apache Airflow access modes.

MinWorkers

The minimum number of workers that you want to run in your environment. MWAA scales the number of Apache Airflow workers up to the number you specify in the MaxWorkers field. When there are no more tasks running, and no more in the queue, MWAA disposes of the extra workers leaving the worker count you specify in the MinWorkers field. For example, 2.

Schedulers

The number of Apache Airflow schedulers to run in your environment. Valid values:

  • v2 - For environments larger than mw1.micro, accepts values from 2 to 5. Defaults to 2 for all environment sizes except mw1.micro, which defaults to 1.

  • v1 - Accepts 1.

EndpointManagement

Defines whether the VPC endpoints configured for the environment are created, and managed, by the customer or by Amazon MWAA. If set to SERVICE, Amazon MWAA will create and manage the required VPC endpoints in your VPC. If set to CUSTOMER, you must create, and manage, the VPC endpoints for your VPC. If you choose to create an environment in a shared VPC, you must set this value to CUSTOMER. In a shared VPC deployment, the environment will remain in PENDING status until you create the VPC endpoints. If you do not take action to create the endpoints within 72 hours, the status will change to CREATE_FAILED. You can delete the failed environment and create a new one.

MinWebservers

The minimum number of web servers that you want to run in your environment. Amazon MWAA scales the number of Apache Airflow web servers up to the number you specify for MaxWebservers when you interact with your Apache Airflow environment using Apache Airflow REST API, or the Apache Airflow CLI. As the transaction-per-second rate, and the network load, decrease, Amazon MWAA disposes of the additional web servers, and scales down to the number set in MinxWebserers.

Valid values: For environments larger than mw1.micro, accepts values from 2 to 5. Defaults to 2 for all environment sizes except mw1.micro, which defaults to 1.

MaxWebservers

The maximum number of web servers that you want to run in your environment. Amazon MWAA scales the number of Apache Airflow web servers up to the number you specify for MaxWebservers when you interact with your Apache Airflow environment using Apache Airflow REST API, or the Apache Airflow CLI. For example, in scenarios where your workload requires network calls to the Apache Airflow REST API with a high transaction-per-second (TPS) rate, Amazon MWAA will increase the number of web servers up to the number set in MaxWebserers. As TPS rates decrease Amazon MWAA disposes of the additional web servers, and scales down to the number set in MinxWebserers.

Valid values: For environments larger than mw1.micro, accepts values from 2 to 5. Defaults to 2 for all environment sizes except mw1.micro, which defaults to 1.


Creates a web login token for the Airflow Web UI

Description

Creates a web login token for the Airflow Web UI. To learn more, see Creating an Apache Airflow web login token.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mwaa_create_web_login_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

mwaa_create_web_login_token(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the Amazon MWAA environment. For example, MyMWAAEnvironment.


Deletes an Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (Amazon MWAA) environment

Description

Deletes an Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (Amazon MWAA) environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mwaa_delete_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

mwaa_delete_environment(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the Amazon MWAA environment. For example, MyMWAAEnvironment.


Describes an Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment

Description

Describes an Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mwaa_get_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

mwaa_get_environment(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the Amazon MWAA environment. For example, MyMWAAEnvironment.


Invokes the Apache Airflow REST API on the webserver with the specified inputs

Description

Invokes the Apache Airflow REST API on the webserver with the specified inputs. To learn more, see Using the Apache Airflow REST API

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mwaa_invoke_rest_api/ for full documentation.

Usage

mwaa_invoke_rest_api(Name, Path, Method, QueryParameters = NULL, Body = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the Amazon MWAA environment. For example, MyMWAAEnvironment.

Path

[required] The Apache Airflow REST API endpoint path to be called. For example, ⁠/dags/123456/clearTaskInstances⁠. For more information, see Apache Airflow API

Method

[required] The HTTP method used for making Airflow REST API calls. For example, POST.

QueryParameters

Query parameters to be included in the Apache Airflow REST API call, provided as a JSON object.

Body

The request body for the Apache Airflow REST API call, provided as a JSON object.


Lists the Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environments

Description

Lists the Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mwaa_list_environments/ for full documentation.

Usage

mwaa_list_environments(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Retrieves the next page of the results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve per page. For example, 5 environments per page.


Lists the key-value tag pairs associated to the Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment

Description

Lists the key-value tag pairs associated to the Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment. For example, "Environment": "Staging".

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mwaa_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

mwaa_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon MWAA environment. For example, arn:aws:airflow:us-east-1:123456789012:environment/MyMWAAEnvironment.


Internal only

Description

Internal only. Publishes environment health metrics to Amazon CloudWatch.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mwaa_publish_metrics/ for full documentation.

Usage

mwaa_publish_metrics(EnvironmentName, MetricData)

Arguments

EnvironmentName

[required] Internal only. The name of the environment.

MetricData

[required] Internal only. Publishes metrics to Amazon CloudWatch. To learn more about the metrics published to Amazon CloudWatch, see Amazon MWAA performance metrics in Amazon CloudWatch.


Associates key-value tag pairs to your Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment

Description

Associates key-value tag pairs to your Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mwaa_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

mwaa_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon MWAA environment. For example, arn:aws:airflow:us-east-1:123456789012:environment/MyMWAAEnvironment.

Tags

[required] The key-value tag pairs you want to associate to your environment. For example, "Environment": "Staging". For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources.


Removes key-value tag pairs associated to your Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment

Description

Removes key-value tag pairs associated to your Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment. For example, "Environment": "Staging".

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mwaa_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

mwaa_untag_resource(ResourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon MWAA environment. For example, arn:aws:airflow:us-east-1:123456789012:environment/MyMWAAEnvironment.

tagKeys

[required] The key-value tag pair you want to remove. For example, "Environment": "Staging".


Updates an Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment

Description

Updates an Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mwaa_update_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

mwaa_update_environment(
  Name,
  ExecutionRoleArn = NULL,
  AirflowVersion = NULL,
  SourceBucketArn = NULL,
  DagS3Path = NULL,
  PluginsS3Path = NULL,
  PluginsS3ObjectVersion = NULL,
  RequirementsS3Path = NULL,
  RequirementsS3ObjectVersion = NULL,
  StartupScriptS3Path = NULL,
  StartupScriptS3ObjectVersion = NULL,
  AirflowConfigurationOptions = NULL,
  EnvironmentClass = NULL,
  MaxWorkers = NULL,
  NetworkConfiguration = NULL,
  LoggingConfiguration = NULL,
  WeeklyMaintenanceWindowStart = NULL,
  WebserverAccessMode = NULL,
  MinWorkers = NULL,
  Schedulers = NULL,
  MinWebservers = NULL,
  MaxWebservers = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of your Amazon MWAA environment. For example, MyMWAAEnvironment.

ExecutionRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution role in IAM that allows MWAA to access Amazon Web Services resources in your environment. For example, ⁠arn:aws:iam::123456789:role/my-execution-role⁠. For more information, see Amazon MWAA Execution role.

AirflowVersion

The Apache Airflow version for your environment. To upgrade your environment, specify a newer version of Apache Airflow supported by Amazon MWAA.

Before you upgrade an environment, make sure your requirements, DAGs, plugins, and other resources used in your workflows are compatible with the new Apache Airflow version. For more information about updating your resources, see Upgrading an Amazon MWAA environment.

Valid values: ⁠1.10.12⁠, ⁠2.0.2⁠, ⁠2.2.2⁠, ⁠2.4.3⁠, ⁠2.5.1⁠, ⁠2.6.3⁠, ⁠2.7.2⁠, ⁠2.8.1⁠, ⁠2.9.2⁠, ⁠2.10.1⁠, and ⁠2.10.3⁠.

SourceBucketArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon S3 bucket where your DAG code and supporting files are stored. For example, arn:aws:s3:::my-airflow-bucket-unique-name. For more information, see Create an Amazon S3 bucket for Amazon MWAA.

DagS3Path

The relative path to the DAGs folder on your Amazon S3 bucket. For example, dags. For more information, see Adding or updating DAGs.

PluginsS3Path

The relative path to the plugins.zip file on your Amazon S3 bucket. For example, plugins.zip. If specified, then the plugins.zip version is required. For more information, see Installing custom plugins.

PluginsS3ObjectVersion

The version of the plugins.zip file on your Amazon S3 bucket. You must specify a version each time a plugins.zip file is updated. For more information, see How S3 Versioning works.

RequirementsS3Path

The relative path to the requirements.txt file on your Amazon S3 bucket. For example, requirements.txt. If specified, then a file version is required. For more information, see Installing Python dependencies.

RequirementsS3ObjectVersion

The version of the requirements.txt file on your Amazon S3 bucket. You must specify a version each time a requirements.txt file is updated. For more information, see How S3 Versioning works.

StartupScriptS3Path

The relative path to the startup shell script in your Amazon S3 bucket. For example, ⁠s3://mwaa-environment/startup.sh⁠.

Amazon MWAA runs the script as your environment starts, and before running the Apache Airflow process. You can use this script to install dependencies, modify Apache Airflow configuration options, and set environment variables. For more information, see Using a startup script.

StartupScriptS3ObjectVersion

The version of the startup shell script in your Amazon S3 bucket. You must specify the version ID that Amazon S3 assigns to the file every time you update the script.

Version IDs are Unicode, UTF-8 encoded, URL-ready, opaque strings that are no more than 1,024 bytes long. The following is an example:

⁠3sL4kqtJlcpXroDTDmJ+rmSpXd3dIbrHY+MTRCxf3vjVBH40Nr8X8gdRQBpUMLUo⁠

For more information, see Using a startup script.

AirflowConfigurationOptions

A list of key-value pairs containing the Apache Airflow configuration options you want to attach to your environment. For more information, see Apache Airflow configuration options.

EnvironmentClass

The environment class type. Valid values: mw1.micro, mw1.small, mw1.medium, mw1.large, mw1.xlarge, and mw1.2xlarge. For more information, see Amazon MWAA environment class.

MaxWorkers

The maximum number of workers that you want to run in your environment. MWAA scales the number of Apache Airflow workers up to the number you specify in the MaxWorkers field. For example, 20. When there are no more tasks running, and no more in the queue, MWAA disposes of the extra workers leaving the one worker that is included with your environment, or the number you specify in MinWorkers.

NetworkConfiguration

The VPC networking components used to secure and enable network traffic between the Amazon Web Services resources for your environment. For more information, see About networking on Amazon MWAA.

LoggingConfiguration

The Apache Airflow log types to send to CloudWatch Logs.

WeeklyMaintenanceWindowStart

The day and time of the week in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) 24-hour standard time to start weekly maintenance updates of your environment in the following format: DAY:HH:MM. For example: TUE:03:30. You can specify a start time in 30 minute increments only.

WebserverAccessMode

The Apache Airflow Web server access mode. For more information, see Apache Airflow access modes.

MinWorkers

The minimum number of workers that you want to run in your environment. MWAA scales the number of Apache Airflow workers up to the number you specify in the MaxWorkers field. When there are no more tasks running, and no more in the queue, MWAA disposes of the extra workers leaving the worker count you specify in the MinWorkers field. For example, 2.

Schedulers

The number of Apache Airflow schedulers to run in your Amazon MWAA environment.

MinWebservers

The minimum number of web servers that you want to run in your environment. Amazon MWAA scales the number of Apache Airflow web servers up to the number you specify for MaxWebservers when you interact with your Apache Airflow environment using Apache Airflow REST API, or the Apache Airflow CLI. As the transaction-per-second rate, and the network load, decrease, Amazon MWAA disposes of the additional web servers, and scales down to the number set in MinxWebserers.

Valid values: For environments larger than mw1.micro, accepts values from 2 to 5. Defaults to 2 for all environment sizes except mw1.micro, which defaults to 1.

MaxWebservers

The maximum number of web servers that you want to run in your environment. Amazon MWAA scales the number of Apache Airflow web servers up to the number you specify for MaxWebservers when you interact with your Apache Airflow environment using Apache Airflow REST API, or the Apache Airflow CLI. For example, in scenarios where your workload requires network calls to the Apache Airflow REST API with a high transaction-per-second (TPS) rate, Amazon MWAA will increase the number of web servers up to the number set in MaxWebserers. As TPS rates decrease Amazon MWAA disposes of the additional web servers, and scales down to the number set in MinxWebserers.

Valid values: For environments larger than mw1.micro, accepts values from 2 to 5. Defaults to 2 for all environment sizes except mw1.micro, which defaults to 1.


Objects exported from other packages

Description

These objects are imported from other packages. Follow the links below to see their documentation.

paws.common

config, credentials, creds, list_paginators, paginate, paginate_lapply, paginate_sapply, paws_stream_parser


AWS Resource Explorer

Description

Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer is a resource search and discovery service. By using Resource Explorer, you can explore your resources using an internet search engine-like experience. Examples of resources include Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) instances, Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) buckets, or Amazon DynamoDB tables. You can search for your resources using resource metadata like names, tags, and IDs. Resource Explorer can search across all of the Amazon Web Services Regions in your account in which you turn the service on, to simplify your cross-Region workloads.

Resource Explorer scans the resources in each of the Amazon Web Services Regions in your Amazon Web Services account in which you turn on Resource Explorer. Resource Explorer creates and maintains an index in each Region, with the details of that Region's resources.

You can search across all of the indexed Regions in your account by designating one of your Amazon Web Services Regions to contain the aggregator index for the account. When you promote a local index in a Region to become the aggregator index for the account, Resource Explorer automatically replicates the index information from all local indexes in the other Regions to the aggregator index. Therefore, the Region with the aggregator index has a copy of all resource information for all Regions in the account where you turned on Resource Explorer. As a result, views in the aggregator index Region include resources from all of the indexed Regions in your account.

For more information about Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer, including how to enable and configure the service, see the Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer User Guide.

Usage

resourceexplorer(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- resourceexplorer(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_default_view Sets the specified view as the default for the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation
batch_get_view Retrieves details about a list of views
create_index Turns on Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you called this operation by creating an index
create_view Creates a view that users can query by using the Search operation
delete_index Deletes the specified index and turns off Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
delete_view Deletes the specified view
disassociate_default_view After you call this operation, the affected Amazon Web Services Region no longer has a default view
get_account_level_service_configuration Retrieves the status of your account's Amazon Web Services service access, and validates the service linked role required to access the multi-account search feature
get_default_view Retrieves the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the view that is the default for the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation
get_index Retrieves details about the Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer index in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you invoked the operation
get_managed_view Retrieves details of the specified Amazon Web Services-managed view
get_view Retrieves details of the specified view
list_indexes Retrieves a list of all of the indexes in Amazon Web Services Regions that are currently collecting resource information for Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer
list_indexes_for_members Retrieves a list of a member's indexes in all Amazon Web Services Regions that are currently collecting resource information for Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer
list_managed_views Lists the Amazon resource names (ARNs) of the Amazon Web Services-managed views available in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation
list_resources Returns a list of resources and their details that match the specified criteria
list_supported_resource_types Retrieves a list of all resource types currently supported by Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags that are attached to the specified resource
list_views Lists the Amazon resource names (ARNs) of the views available in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation
search Searches for resources and displays details about all resources that match the specified criteria
tag_resource Adds one or more tag key and value pairs to an Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer view or index
untag_resource Removes one or more tag key and value pairs from an Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer view or index
update_index_type Changes the type of the index from one of the following types to the other
update_view Modifies some of the details of a view

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- resourceexplorer()
svc$associate_default_view(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Sets the specified view as the default for the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation

Description

Sets the specified view as the default for the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation. When a user performs a search that doesn't explicitly specify which view to use, then Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer automatically chooses this default view for searches performed in this Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_associate_default_view/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_associate_default_view(ViewArn)

Arguments

ViewArn

[required] The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the view to set as the default for the Amazon Web Services Region and Amazon Web Services account in which you call this operation. The specified view must already exist in the called Region.


Retrieves details about a list of views

Description

Retrieves details about a list of views.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_batch_get_view/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_batch_get_view(ViewArns = NULL)

Arguments

ViewArns

A list of Amazon resource names (ARNs) that identify the views you want details for.


Turns on Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you called this operation by creating an index

Description

Turns on Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you called this operation by creating an index. Resource Explorer begins discovering the resources in this Region and stores the details about the resources in the index so that they can be queried by using the search operation. You can create only one index in a Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_create_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_create_index(ClientToken = NULL, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

ClientToken

This value helps ensure idempotency. Resource Explorer uses this value to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate versions. We recommend that you generate a UUID-type value to ensure the uniqueness of your index.

Tags

The specified tags are attached only to the index created in this Amazon Web Services Region. The tags aren't attached to any of the resources listed in the index.


Creates a view that users can query by using the Search operation

Description

Creates a view that users can query by using the search operation. Results from queries that you make using this view include only resources that match the view's Filters. For more information about Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer views, see Managing views in the Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_create_view/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_create_view(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  IncludedProperties = NULL,
  Scope = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  ViewName
)

Arguments

ClientToken

This value helps ensure idempotency. Resource Explorer uses this value to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate versions. We recommend that you generate a UUID-type value to ensure the uniqueness of your views.

Filters

An array of strings that specify which resources are included in the results of queries made using this view. When you use this view in a search operation, the filter string is combined with the search's QueryString parameter using a logical AND operator.

For information about the supported syntax, see Search query reference for Resource Explorer in the Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer User Guide.

This query string in the context of this operation supports only filter prefixes with optional operators. It doesn't support free-form text. For example, the string region:us* service:ec2 -tag:stage=prod includes all Amazon EC2 resources in any Amazon Web Services Region that begins with the letters us and is not tagged with a key Stage that has the value prod.

IncludedProperties

Specifies optional fields that you want included in search results from this view. It is a list of objects that each describe a field to include.

The default is an empty list, with no optional fields included in the results.

Scope

The root ARN of the account, an organizational unit (OU), or an organization ARN. If left empty, the default is account.

Tags

Tag key and value pairs that are attached to the view.

ViewName

[required] The name of the new view. This name appears in the list of views in Resource Explorer.

The name must be no more than 64 characters long, and can include letters, digits, and the dash (-) character. The name must be unique within its Amazon Web Services Region.


Deletes the specified index and turns off Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer in the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Deletes the specified index and turns off Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. When you delete an index, Resource Explorer stops discovering and indexing resources in that Region. Resource Explorer also deletes all views in that Region. These actions occur as asynchronous background tasks. You can check to see when the actions are complete by using the get_index operation and checking the Status response value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_delete_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_delete_index(Arn)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the index that you want to delete.


Deletes the specified view

Description

Deletes the specified view.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_delete_view/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_delete_view(ViewArn)

Arguments

ViewArn

[required] The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the view that you want to delete.


After you call this operation, the affected Amazon Web Services Region no longer has a default view

Description

After you call this operation, the affected Amazon Web Services Region no longer has a default view. All search operations in that Region must explicitly specify a view or the operation fails. You can configure a new default by calling the associate_default_view operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_disassociate_default_view/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_disassociate_default_view()

Retrieves the status of your account's Amazon Web Services service access, and validates the service linked role required to access the multi-account search feature

Description

Retrieves the status of your account's Amazon Web Services service access, and validates the service linked role required to access the multi-account search feature. Only the management account can invoke this API call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_get_account_level_service_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_get_account_level_service_configuration()

Retrieves the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the view that is the default for the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation

Description

Retrieves the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the view that is the default for the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation. You can then call get_view to retrieve the details of that view.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_get_default_view/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_get_default_view()

Retrieves details about the Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer index in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you invoked the operation

Description

Retrieves details about the Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer index in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you invoked the operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_get_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_get_index()

Retrieves details of the specified Amazon Web Services-managed view

Description

Retrieves details of the specified Amazon Web Services-managed view.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_get_managed_view/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_get_managed_view(ManagedViewArn)

Arguments

ManagedViewArn

[required] The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the managed view.


Retrieves details of the specified view

Description

Retrieves details of the specified view.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_get_view/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_get_view(ViewArn)

Arguments

ViewArn

[required] The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the view that you want information about.


Retrieves a list of all of the indexes in Amazon Web Services Regions that are currently collecting resource information for Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer

Description

Retrieves a list of all of the indexes in Amazon Web Services Regions that are currently collecting resource information for Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_list_indexes/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_list_indexes(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Regions = NULL,
  Type = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value appropriate to the operation. If additional items exist beyond those included in the current response, the NextToken response element is present and has a value (is not null). Include that value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results.

An API operation can return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

The parameter for receiving additional results if you receive a NextToken response in a previous request. A NextToken response indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value of the previous call's NextToken response to indicate where the output should continue from. The pagination tokens expire after 24 hours.

Regions

If specified, limits the response to only information about the index in the specified list of Amazon Web Services Regions.

Type

If specified, limits the output to only indexes of the specified Type, either LOCAL or AGGREGATOR.

Use this option to discover the aggregator index for your account.


Retrieves a list of a member's indexes in all Amazon Web Services Regions that are currently collecting resource information for Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer

Description

Retrieves a list of a member's indexes in all Amazon Web Services Regions that are currently collecting resource information for Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer. Only the management account or a delegated administrator with service access enabled can invoke this API call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_list_indexes_for_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_list_indexes_for_members(
  AccountIdList,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

AccountIdList

[required] The account IDs will limit the output to only indexes from these accounts.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value appropriate to the operation. If additional items exist beyond those included in the current response, the NextToken response element is present and has a value (is not null). Include that value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results.

An API operation can return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

The parameter for receiving additional results if you receive a NextToken response in a previous request. A NextToken response indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value of the previous call's NextToken response to indicate where the output should continue from. The pagination tokens expire after 24 hours.


Lists the Amazon resource names (ARNs) of the Amazon Web Services-managed views available in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation

Description

Lists the Amazon resource names (ARNs) of the Amazon Web Services-managed views available in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_list_managed_views/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_list_managed_views(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ServicePrincipal = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value appropriate to the operation. If additional items exist beyond those included in the current response, the NextToken response element is present and has a value (is not null). Include that value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results.

An API operation can return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

The parameter for receiving additional results if you receive a NextToken response in a previous request. A NextToken response indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value of the previous call's NextToken response to indicate where the output should continue from. The pagination tokens expire after 24 hours.

ServicePrincipal

Specifies a service principal name. If specified, then the operation only returns the managed views that are managed by the input service.


Returns a list of resources and their details that match the specified criteria

Description

Returns a list of resources and their details that match the specified criteria. This query must use a view. If you don’t explicitly specify a view, then Resource Explorer uses the default view for the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_list_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_list_resources(
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ViewArn = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters
MaxResults

The maximum number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value appropriate to the operation. If additional items exist beyond those included in the current response, the NextToken response element is present and has a value (is not null). Include that value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results.

An API operation can return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

The parameter for receiving additional results if you receive a NextToken response in a previous request. A NextToken response indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value of the previous call's NextToken response to indicate where the output should continue from. The pagination tokens expire after 24 hours.

ViewArn

Specifies the Amazon resource name (ARN) of the view to use for the query. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the operation automatically uses the default view for the Amazon Web Services Region in which you called this operation. If the Region either doesn't have a default view or if you don't have permission to use the default view, then the operation fails with a 401 Unauthorized exception.


Retrieves a list of all resource types currently supported by Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer

Description

Retrieves a list of all resource types currently supported by Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_list_supported_resource_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_list_supported_resource_types(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value appropriate to the operation. If additional items exist beyond those included in the current response, the NextToken response element is present and has a value (is not null). Include that value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results.

An API operation can return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

The parameter for receiving additional results if you receive a NextToken response in a previous request. A NextToken response indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value of the previous call's NextToken response to indicate where the output should continue from. The pagination tokens expire after 24 hours.


Lists the tags that are attached to the specified resource

Description

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the view or index that you want to attach tags to.


Lists the Amazon resource names (ARNs) of the views available in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation

Description

Lists the Amazon resource names (ARNs) of the views available in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_list_views/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_list_views(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value appropriate to the operation. If additional items exist beyond those included in the current response, the NextToken response element is present and has a value (is not null). Include that value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results.

An API operation can return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

The parameter for receiving additional results if you receive a NextToken response in a previous request. A NextToken response indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value of the previous call's NextToken response to indicate where the output should continue from. The pagination tokens expire after 24 hours.


Description

Searches for resources and displays details about all resources that match the specified criteria. You must specify a query string.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_search/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_search(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  QueryString,
  ViewArn = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value appropriate to the operation. If additional items exist beyond those included in the current response, the NextToken response element is present and has a value (is not null). Include that value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results.

An API operation can return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

The parameter for receiving additional results if you receive a NextToken response in a previous request. A NextToken response indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value of the previous call's NextToken response to indicate where the output should continue from. The pagination tokens expire after 24 hours.

QueryString

[required] A string that includes keywords and filters that specify the resources that you want to include in the results.

For the complete syntax supported by the QueryString parameter, see Search query syntax reference for Resource Explorer.

The search is completely case insensitive. You can specify an empty string to return all results up to the limit of 1,000 total results.

The operation can return only the first 1,000 results. If the resource you want is not included, then use a different value for QueryString to refine the results.

ViewArn

Specifies the Amazon resource name (ARN) of the view to use for the query. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the operation automatically uses the default view for the Amazon Web Services Region in which you called this operation. If the Region either doesn't have a default view or if you don't have permission to use the default view, then the operation fails with a ⁠401 Unauthorized⁠ exception.


Adds one or more tag key and value pairs to an Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer view or index

Description

Adds one or more tag key and value pairs to an Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer view or index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_tag_resource(Tags = NULL, resourceArn)

Arguments

Tags

A list of tag key and value pairs that you want to attach to the specified view or index.

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the view or index that you want to attach tags to.


Removes one or more tag key and value pairs from an Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer view or index

Description

Removes one or more tag key and value pairs from an Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer view or index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the view or index that you want to remove tags from.

tagKeys

[required] A list of the keys for the tags that you want to remove from the specified view or index.


Changes the type of the index from one of the following types to the other

Description

Changes the type of the index from one of the following types to the other. For more information about indexes and the role they perform in Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer, see Turning on cross-Region search by creating an aggregator index in the Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_update_index_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_update_index_type(Arn, Type)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the index that you want to update.

Type

[required] The type of the index. To understand the difference between LOCAL and AGGREGATOR, see Turning on cross-Region search in the Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer User Guide.


Modifies some of the details of a view

Description

Modifies some of the details of a view. You can change the filter string and the list of included properties. You can't change the name of the view.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/resourceexplorer_update_view/ for full documentation.

Usage

resourceexplorer_update_view(
  Filters = NULL,
  IncludedProperties = NULL,
  ViewArn
)

Arguments

Filters

An array of strings that specify which resources are included in the results of queries made using this view. When you use this view in a search operation, the filter string is combined with the search's QueryString parameter using a logical AND operator.

For information about the supported syntax, see Search query reference for Resource Explorer in the Amazon Web Services Resource Explorer User Guide.

This query string in the context of this operation supports only filter prefixes with optional operators. It doesn't support free-form text. For example, the string region:us* service:ec2 -tag:stage=prod includes all Amazon EC2 resources in any Amazon Web Services Region that begins with the letters us and is not tagged with a key Stage that has the value prod.

IncludedProperties

Specifies optional fields that you want included in search results from this view. It is a list of objects that each describe a field to include.

The default is an empty list, with no optional fields included in the results.

ViewArn

[required] The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the view that you want to modify.


Schemas

Description

Amazon EventBridge Schema Registry

Usage

schemas(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- schemas(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_discoverer Creates a discoverer
create_registry Creates a registry
create_schema Creates a schema definition
delete_discoverer Deletes a discoverer
delete_registry Deletes a Registry
delete_resource_policy Delete the resource-based policy attached to the specified registry
delete_schema Delete a schema definition
delete_schema_version Delete the schema version definition
describe_code_binding Describe the code binding URI
describe_discoverer Describes the discoverer
describe_registry Describes the registry
describe_schema Retrieve the schema definition
export_schema Export schema
get_code_binding_source Get the code binding source URI
get_discovered_schema Get the discovered schema that was generated based on sampled events
get_resource_policy Retrieves the resource-based policy attached to a given registry
list_discoverers List the discoverers
list_registries List the registries
list_schemas List the schemas
list_schema_versions Provides a list of the schema versions and related information
list_tags_for_resource Get tags for resource
put_code_binding Put code binding URI
put_resource_policy The name of the policy
search_schemas Search the schemas
start_discoverer Starts the discoverer
stop_discoverer Stops the discoverer
tag_resource Add tags to a resource
untag_resource Removes tags from a resource
update_discoverer Updates the discoverer
update_registry Updates a registry
update_schema Updates the schema definition

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- schemas()
svc$create_discoverer(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a discoverer

Description

Creates a discoverer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_create_discoverer/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_create_discoverer(
  Description = NULL,
  SourceArn,
  CrossAccount = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

A description for the discoverer.

SourceArn

[required] The ARN of the event bus.

CrossAccount

Support discovery of schemas in events sent to the bus from another account. (default: true).

Tags

Tags associated with the resource.


Creates a registry

Description

Creates a registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_create_registry/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_create_registry(Description = NULL, RegistryName, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Description

A description of the registry to be created.

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.

Tags

Tags to associate with the registry.


Creates a schema definition

Description

Creates a schema definition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_create_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_create_schema(
  Content,
  Description = NULL,
  RegistryName,
  SchemaName,
  Tags = NULL,
  Type
)

Arguments

Content

[required] The source of the schema definition.

Description

A description of the schema.

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.

SchemaName

[required] The name of the schema.

Tags

Tags associated with the schema.

Type

[required] The type of schema.


Deletes a discoverer

Description

Deletes a discoverer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_delete_discoverer/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_delete_discoverer(DiscovererId)

Arguments

DiscovererId

[required] The ID of the discoverer.


Deletes a Registry

Description

Deletes a Registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_delete_registry/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_delete_registry(RegistryName)

Arguments

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.


Delete the resource-based policy attached to the specified registry

Description

Delete the resource-based policy attached to the specified registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_delete_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_delete_resource_policy(RegistryName = NULL)

Arguments

RegistryName

The name of the registry.


Delete a schema definition

Description

Delete a schema definition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_delete_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_delete_schema(RegistryName, SchemaName)

Arguments

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.

SchemaName

[required] The name of the schema.


Delete the schema version definition

Description

Delete the schema version definition

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_delete_schema_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_delete_schema_version(RegistryName, SchemaName, SchemaVersion)

Arguments

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.

SchemaName

[required] The name of the schema.

SchemaVersion

[required] The version number of the schema


Describe the code binding URI

Description

Describe the code binding URI.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_describe_code_binding/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_describe_code_binding(
  Language,
  RegistryName,
  SchemaName,
  SchemaVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

Language

[required] The language of the code binding.

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.

SchemaName

[required] The name of the schema.

SchemaVersion

Specifying this limits the results to only this schema version.


Describes the discoverer

Description

Describes the discoverer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_describe_discoverer/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_describe_discoverer(DiscovererId)

Arguments

DiscovererId

[required] The ID of the discoverer.


Describes the registry

Description

Describes the registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_describe_registry/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_describe_registry(RegistryName)

Arguments

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.


Retrieve the schema definition

Description

Retrieve the schema definition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_describe_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_describe_schema(RegistryName, SchemaName, SchemaVersion = NULL)

Arguments

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.

SchemaName

[required] The name of the schema.

SchemaVersion

Specifying this limits the results to only this schema version.


Export schema

Description

Export schema

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_export_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_export_schema(RegistryName, SchemaName, SchemaVersion = NULL, Type)

Arguments

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.

SchemaName

[required] The name of the schema.

SchemaVersion

Specifying this limits the results to only this schema version.

Type

[required]


Get the code binding source URI

Description

Get the code binding source URI.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_get_code_binding_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_get_code_binding_source(
  Language,
  RegistryName,
  SchemaName,
  SchemaVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

Language

[required] The language of the code binding.

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.

SchemaName

[required] The name of the schema.

SchemaVersion

Specifying this limits the results to only this schema version.


Get the discovered schema that was generated based on sampled events

Description

Get the discovered schema that was generated based on sampled events.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_get_discovered_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_get_discovered_schema(Events, Type)

Arguments

Events

[required] An array of strings where each string is a JSON event. These are the events that were used to generate the schema. The array includes a single type of event and has a maximum size of 10 events.

Type

[required] The type of event.


Retrieves the resource-based policy attached to a given registry

Description

Retrieves the resource-based policy attached to a given registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_get_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_get_resource_policy(RegistryName = NULL)

Arguments

RegistryName

The name of the registry.


List the discoverers

Description

List the discoverers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_list_discoverers/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_list_discoverers(
  DiscovererIdPrefix = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  SourceArnPrefix = NULL
)

Arguments

DiscovererIdPrefix

Specifying this limits the results to only those discoverer IDs that start with the specified prefix.

Limit
NextToken

The token that specifies the next page of results to return. To request the first page, leave NextToken empty. The token will expire in 24 hours, and cannot be shared with other accounts.

SourceArnPrefix

Specifying this limits the results to only those ARNs that start with the specified prefix.


List the registries

Description

List the registries.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_list_registries/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_list_registries(
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  RegistryNamePrefix = NULL,
  Scope = NULL
)

Arguments

Limit
NextToken

The token that specifies the next page of results to return. To request the first page, leave NextToken empty. The token will expire in 24 hours, and cannot be shared with other accounts.

RegistryNamePrefix

Specifying this limits the results to only those registry names that start with the specified prefix.

Scope

Can be set to Local or AWS to limit responses to your custom registries, or the ones provided by AWS.


Provides a list of the schema versions and related information

Description

Provides a list of the schema versions and related information.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_list_schema_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_list_schema_versions(
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  RegistryName,
  SchemaName
)

Arguments

Limit
NextToken

The token that specifies the next page of results to return. To request the first page, leave NextToken empty. The token will expire in 24 hours, and cannot be shared with other accounts.

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.

SchemaName

[required] The name of the schema.


List the schemas

Description

List the schemas.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_list_schemas/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_list_schemas(
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  RegistryName,
  SchemaNamePrefix = NULL
)

Arguments

Limit
NextToken

The token that specifies the next page of results to return. To request the first page, leave NextToken empty. The token will expire in 24 hours, and cannot be shared with other accounts.

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.

SchemaNamePrefix

Specifying this limits the results to only those schema names that start with the specified prefix.


Get tags for resource

Description

Get tags for resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource.


Put code binding URI

Description

Put code binding URI

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_put_code_binding/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_put_code_binding(
  Language,
  RegistryName,
  SchemaName,
  SchemaVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

Language

[required] The language of the code binding.

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.

SchemaName

[required] The name of the schema.

SchemaVersion

Specifying this limits the results to only this schema version.


The name of the policy

Description

The name of the policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_put_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_put_resource_policy(Policy, RegistryName = NULL, RevisionId = NULL)

Arguments

Policy

[required] The resource-based policy.

RegistryName

The name of the registry.

RevisionId

The revision ID of the policy.


Search the schemas

Description

Search the schemas

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_search_schemas/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_search_schemas(Keywords, Limit = NULL, NextToken = NULL, RegistryName)

Arguments

Keywords

[required] Specifying this limits the results to only schemas that include the provided keywords.

Limit
NextToken

The token that specifies the next page of results to return. To request the first page, leave NextToken empty. The token will expire in 24 hours, and cannot be shared with other accounts.

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.


Starts the discoverer

Description

Starts the discoverer

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_start_discoverer/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_start_discoverer(DiscovererId)

Arguments

DiscovererId

[required] The ID of the discoverer.


Stops the discoverer

Description

Stops the discoverer

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_stop_discoverer/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_stop_discoverer(DiscovererId)

Arguments

DiscovererId

[required] The ID of the discoverer.


Add tags to a resource

Description

Add tags to a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource.

Tags

[required] Tags associated with the resource.


Removes tags from a resource

Description

Removes tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource.

TagKeys

[required] Keys of key-value pairs.


Updates the discoverer

Description

Updates the discoverer

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_update_discoverer/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_update_discoverer(
  Description = NULL,
  DiscovererId,
  CrossAccount = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

The description of the discoverer to update.

DiscovererId

[required] The ID of the discoverer.

CrossAccount

Support discovery of schemas in events sent to the bus from another account. (default: true)


Updates a registry

Description

Updates a registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_update_registry/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_update_registry(Description = NULL, RegistryName)

Arguments

Description

The description of the registry to update.

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.


Updates the schema definition

Description

Updates the schema definition

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/schemas_update_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

schemas_update_schema(
  ClientTokenId = NULL,
  Content = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  RegistryName,
  SchemaName,
  Type = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientTokenId

The ID of the client token.

Content

The source of the schema definition.

Description

The description of the schema.

RegistryName

[required] The name of the registry.

SchemaName

[required] The name of the schema.

Type

The schema type for the events schema.


AWS Step Functions

Description

Step Functions

Step Functions coordinates the components of distributed applications and microservices using visual workflows.

You can use Step Functions to build applications from individual components, each of which performs a discrete function, or task, allowing you to scale and change applications quickly. Step Functions provides a console that helps visualize the components of your application as a series of steps. Step Functions automatically triggers and tracks each step, and retries steps when there are errors, so your application executes predictably and in the right order every time. Step Functions logs the state of each step, so you can quickly diagnose and debug any issues.

Step Functions manages operations and underlying infrastructure to ensure your application is available at any scale. You can run tasks on Amazon Web Services, your own servers, or any system that has access to Amazon Web Services. You can access and use Step Functions using the console, the Amazon Web Services SDKs, or an HTTP API. For more information about Step Functions, see the Step Functions Developer Guide .

If you use the Step Functions API actions using Amazon Web Services SDK integrations, make sure the API actions are in camel case and parameter names are in Pascal case. For example, you could use Step Functions API action startSyncExecution and specify its parameter as StateMachineArn.

Usage

sfn(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- sfn(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_activity Creates an activity
create_state_machine Creates a state machine
create_state_machine_alias Creates an alias for a state machine that points to one or two versions of the same state machine
delete_activity Deletes an activity
delete_state_machine Deletes a state machine
delete_state_machine_alias Deletes a state machine alias
delete_state_machine_version Deletes a state machine version
describe_activity Describes an activity
describe_execution Provides information about a state machine execution, such as the state machine associated with the execution, the execution input and output, and relevant execution metadata
describe_map_run Provides information about a Map Run's configuration, progress, and results
describe_state_machine Provides information about a state machine's definition, its IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN), and configuration
describe_state_machine_alias Returns details about a state machine alias
describe_state_machine_for_execution Provides information about a state machine's definition, its execution role ARN, and configuration
get_activity_task Used by workers to retrieve a task (with the specified activity ARN) which has been scheduled for execution by a running state machine
get_execution_history Returns the history of the specified execution as a list of events
list_activities Lists the existing activities
list_executions Lists all executions of a state machine or a Map Run
list_map_runs Lists all Map Runs that were started by a given state machine execution
list_state_machine_aliases Lists aliases for a specified state machine ARN
list_state_machines Lists the existing state machines
list_state_machine_versions Lists versions for the specified state machine Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
list_tags_for_resource List tags for a given resource
publish_state_machine_version Creates a version from the current revision of a state machine
redrive_execution Restarts unsuccessful executions of Standard workflows that didn't complete successfully in the last 14 days
send_task_failure Used by activity workers, Task states using the callback pattern, and optionally Task states using the job run pattern to report that the task identified by the taskToken failed
send_task_heartbeat Used by activity workers and Task states using the callback pattern, and optionally Task states using the job run pattern to report to Step Functions that the task represented by the specified taskToken is still making progress
send_task_success Used by activity workers, Task states using the callback pattern, and optionally Task states using the job run pattern to report that the task identified by the taskToken completed successfully
start_execution Starts a state machine execution
start_sync_execution Starts a Synchronous Express state machine execution
stop_execution Stops an execution
tag_resource Add a tag to a Step Functions resource
test_state Accepts the definition of a single state and executes it
untag_resource Remove a tag from a Step Functions resource
update_map_run Updates an in-progress Map Run's configuration to include changes to the settings that control maximum concurrency and Map Run failure
update_state_machine Updates an existing state machine by modifying its definition, roleArn, loggingConfiguration, or EncryptionConfiguration
update_state_machine_alias Updates the configuration of an existing state machine alias by modifying its description or routingConfiguration
validate_state_machine_definition Validates the syntax of a state machine definition specified in Amazon States Language (ASL), a JSON-based, structured language

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- sfn()
svc$create_activity(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates an activity

Description

Creates an activity. An activity is a task that you write in any programming language and host on any machine that has access to Step Functions. Activities must poll Step Functions using the get_activity_task API action and respond using ⁠SendTask*⁠ API actions. This function lets Step Functions know the existence of your activity and returns an identifier for use in a state machine and when polling from the activity.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_create_activity/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_create_activity(name, tags = NULL, encryptionConfiguration = NULL)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the activity to create. This name must be unique for your Amazon Web Services account and region for 90 days. For more information, see Limits Related to State Machine Executions in the Step Functions Developer Guide.

A name must not contain:

  • white space

  • brackets ⁠< > { } [ ]⁠

  • wildcard characters ⁠? *⁠

  • special characters ⁠\" # % \ ^ | ~ \` $ & , ; : /⁠

  • control characters (⁠U+0000-001F⁠, ⁠U+007F-009F⁠)

To enable logging with CloudWatch Logs, the name should only contain 0-9, A-Z, a-z, - and _.

[ ]: R:%20

tags

The list of tags to add to a resource.

An array of key-value pairs. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation Tags in the Amazon Web Services Billing and Cost Management User Guide, and Controlling Access Using IAM Tags.

Tags may only contain Unicode letters, digits, white space, or these symbols: ⁠_ . : / = + - @⁠.

encryptionConfiguration

Settings to configure server-side encryption.


Creates a state machine

Description

Creates a state machine. A state machine consists of a collection of states that can do work (Task states), determine to which states to transition next (Choice states), stop an execution with an error (Fail states), and so on. State machines are specified using a JSON-based, structured language. For more information, see Amazon States Language in the Step Functions User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_create_state_machine/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_create_state_machine(
  name,
  definition,
  roleArn,
  type = NULL,
  loggingConfiguration = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  tracingConfiguration = NULL,
  publish = NULL,
  versionDescription = NULL,
  encryptionConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the state machine.

A name must not contain:

  • white space

  • brackets ⁠< > { } [ ]⁠

  • wildcard characters ⁠? *⁠

  • special characters ⁠\" # % \ ^ | ~ \` $ & , ; : /⁠

  • control characters (⁠U+0000-001F⁠, ⁠U+007F-009F⁠)

To enable logging with CloudWatch Logs, the name should only contain 0-9, A-Z, a-z, - and _.

[ ]: R:%20

definition

[required] The Amazon States Language definition of the state machine. See Amazon States Language.

roleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to use for this state machine.

type

Determines whether a Standard or Express state machine is created. The default is STANDARD. You cannot update the type of a state machine once it has been created.

loggingConfiguration

Defines what execution history events are logged and where they are logged.

By default, the level is set to OFF. For more information see Log Levels in the Step Functions User Guide.

tags

Tags to be added when creating a state machine.

An array of key-value pairs. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation Tags in the Amazon Web Services Billing and Cost Management User Guide, and Controlling Access Using IAM Tags.

Tags may only contain Unicode letters, digits, white space, or these symbols: ⁠_ . : / = + - @⁠.

tracingConfiguration

Selects whether X-Ray tracing is enabled.

publish

Set to true to publish the first version of the state machine during creation. The default is false.

versionDescription

Sets description about the state machine version. You can only set the description if the publish parameter is set to true. Otherwise, if you set versionDescription, but publish to false, this API action throws ValidationException.

encryptionConfiguration

Settings to configure server-side encryption.


Creates an alias for a state machine that points to one or two versions of the same state machine

Description

Creates an alias for a state machine that points to one or two versions of the same state machine. You can set your application to call start_execution with an alias and update the version the alias uses without changing the client's code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_create_state_machine_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_create_state_machine_alias(description = NULL, name, routingConfiguration)

Arguments

description

A description for the state machine alias.

name

[required] The name of the state machine alias.

To avoid conflict with version ARNs, don't use an integer in the name of the alias.

routingConfiguration

[required] The routing configuration of a state machine alias. The routing configuration shifts execution traffic between two state machine versions. routingConfiguration contains an array of RoutingConfig objects that specify up to two state machine versions. Step Functions then randomly choses which version to run an execution with based on the weight assigned to each RoutingConfig.


Deletes an activity

Description

Deletes an activity.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_delete_activity/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_delete_activity(activityArn)

Arguments

activityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the activity to delete.


Deletes a state machine

Description

Deletes a state machine. This is an asynchronous operation. It sets the state machine's status to DELETING and begins the deletion process. A state machine is deleted only when all its executions are completed. On the next state transition, the state machine's executions are terminated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_delete_state_machine/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_delete_state_machine(stateMachineArn)

Arguments

stateMachineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine to delete.


Deletes a state machine alias

Description

Deletes a state machine alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_delete_state_machine_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_delete_state_machine_alias(stateMachineAliasArn)

Arguments

stateMachineAliasArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine alias to delete.


Deletes a state machine version

Description

Deletes a state machine version. After you delete a version, you can't call start_execution using that version's ARN or use the version with a state machine alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_delete_state_machine_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_delete_state_machine_version(stateMachineVersionArn)

Arguments

stateMachineVersionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine version to delete.


Describes an activity

Description

Describes an activity.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_describe_activity/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_describe_activity(activityArn)

Arguments

activityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the activity to describe.


Provides information about a state machine execution, such as the state machine associated with the execution, the execution input and output, and relevant execution metadata

Description

Provides information about a state machine execution, such as the state machine associated with the execution, the execution input and output, and relevant execution metadata. If you've redriven an execution, you can use this API action to return information about the redrives of that execution. In addition, you can use this API action to return the Map Run Amazon Resource Name (ARN) if the execution was dispatched by a Map Run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_describe_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_describe_execution(executionArn, includedData = NULL)

Arguments

executionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution to describe.

includedData

If your state machine definition is encrypted with a KMS key, callers must have kms:Decrypt permission to decrypt the definition. Alternatively, you can call DescribeStateMachine API with includedData = METADATA_ONLY to get a successful response without the encrypted definition.


Provides information about a Map Run's configuration, progress, and results

Description

Provides information about a Map Run's configuration, progress, and results. If you've redriven a Map Run, this API action also returns information about the redrives of that Map Run. For more information, see Examining Map Run in the Step Functions Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_describe_map_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_describe_map_run(mapRunArn)

Arguments

mapRunArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies a Map Run.


Provides information about a state machine's definition, its IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN), and configuration

Description

Provides information about a state machine's definition, its IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN), and configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_describe_state_machine/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_describe_state_machine(stateMachineArn, includedData = NULL)

Arguments

stateMachineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine for which you want the information.

If you specify a state machine version ARN, this API returns details about that version. The version ARN is a combination of state machine ARN and the version number separated by a colon (:). For example, stateMachineARN:1.

includedData

If your state machine definition is encrypted with a KMS key, callers must have kms:Decrypt permission to decrypt the definition. Alternatively, you can call the API with includedData = METADATA_ONLY to get a successful response without the encrypted definition.

When calling a labelled ARN for an encrypted state machine, the includedData = METADATA_ONLY parameter will not apply because Step Functions needs to decrypt the entire state machine definition to get the Distributed Map state’s definition. In this case, the API caller needs to have kms:Decrypt permission.


Returns details about a state machine alias

Description

Returns details about a state machine alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_describe_state_machine_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_describe_state_machine_alias(stateMachineAliasArn)

Arguments

stateMachineAliasArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine alias.


Provides information about a state machine's definition, its execution role ARN, and configuration

Description

Provides information about a state machine's definition, its execution role ARN, and configuration. If a Map Run dispatched the execution, this action returns the Map Run Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the response. The state machine returned is the state machine associated with the Map Run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_describe_state_machine_for_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_describe_state_machine_for_execution(executionArn, includedData = NULL)

Arguments

executionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution you want state machine information for.

includedData

If your state machine definition is encrypted with a KMS key, callers must have kms:Decrypt permission to decrypt the definition. Alternatively, you can call the API with includedData = METADATA_ONLY to get a successful response without the encrypted definition.


Used by workers to retrieve a task (with the specified activity ARN) which has been scheduled for execution by a running state machine

Description

Used by workers to retrieve a task (with the specified activity ARN) which has been scheduled for execution by a running state machine. This initiates a long poll, where the service holds the HTTP connection open and responds as soon as a task becomes available (i.e. an execution of a task of this type is needed.) The maximum time the service holds on to the request before responding is 60 seconds. If no task is available within 60 seconds, the poll returns a taskToken with a null string.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_get_activity_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_get_activity_task(activityArn, workerName = NULL)

Arguments

activityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the activity to retrieve tasks from (assigned when you create the task using create_activity.)

workerName

You can provide an arbitrary name in order to identify the worker that the task is assigned to. This name is used when it is logged in the execution history.


Returns the history of the specified execution as a list of events

Description

Returns the history of the specified execution as a list of events. By default, the results are returned in ascending order of the timeStamp of the events. Use the reverseOrder parameter to get the latest events first.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_get_execution_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_get_execution_history(
  executionArn,
  maxResults = NULL,
  reverseOrder = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  includeExecutionData = NULL
)

Arguments

executionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution.

maxResults

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. You can use nextToken to obtain further pages of results. The default is 100 and the maximum allowed page size is 1000. A value of 0 uses the default.

This is only an upper limit. The actual number of results returned per call might be fewer than the specified maximum.

reverseOrder

Lists events in descending order of their timeStamp.

nextToken

If nextToken is returned, there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return an HTTP 400 InvalidToken error.

includeExecutionData

You can select whether execution data (input or output of a history event) is returned. The default is true.


Lists the existing activities

Description

Lists the existing activities.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_list_activities/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_list_activities(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. You can use nextToken to obtain further pages of results. The default is 100 and the maximum allowed page size is 1000. A value of 0 uses the default.

This is only an upper limit. The actual number of results returned per call might be fewer than the specified maximum.

nextToken

If nextToken is returned, there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return an HTTP 400 InvalidToken error.


Lists all executions of a state machine or a Map Run

Description

Lists all executions of a state machine or a Map Run. You can list all executions related to a state machine by specifying a state machine Amazon Resource Name (ARN), or those related to a Map Run by specifying a Map Run ARN. Using this API action, you can also list all redriven executions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_list_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_list_executions(
  stateMachineArn = NULL,
  statusFilter = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  mapRunArn = NULL,
  redriveFilter = NULL
)

Arguments

stateMachineArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine whose executions is listed.

You can specify either a mapRunArn or a stateMachineArn, but not both.

You can also return a list of executions associated with a specific alias or version, by specifying an alias ARN or a version ARN in the stateMachineArn parameter.

statusFilter

If specified, only list the executions whose current execution status matches the given filter.

maxResults

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. You can use nextToken to obtain further pages of results. The default is 100 and the maximum allowed page size is 1000. A value of 0 uses the default.

This is only an upper limit. The actual number of results returned per call might be fewer than the specified maximum.

nextToken

If nextToken is returned, there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return an HTTP 400 InvalidToken error.

mapRunArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Map Run that started the child workflow executions. If the mapRunArn field is specified, a list of all of the child workflow executions started by a Map Run is returned. For more information, see Examining Map Run in the Step Functions Developer Guide.

You can specify either a mapRunArn or a stateMachineArn, but not both.

redriveFilter

Sets a filter to list executions based on whether or not they have been redriven.

For a Distributed Map, redriveFilter sets a filter to list child workflow executions based on whether or not they have been redriven.

If you do not provide a redriveFilter, Step Functions returns a list of both redriven and non-redriven executions.

If you provide a state machine ARN in redriveFilter, the API returns a validation exception.


Lists all Map Runs that were started by a given state machine execution

Description

Lists all Map Runs that were started by a given state machine execution. Use this API action to obtain Map Run ARNs, and then call describe_map_run to obtain more information, if needed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_list_map_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_list_map_runs(executionArn, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

executionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution for which the Map Runs must be listed.

maxResults

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. You can use nextToken to obtain further pages of results. The default is 100 and the maximum allowed page size is 1000. A value of 0 uses the default.

This is only an upper limit. The actual number of results returned per call might be fewer than the specified maximum.

nextToken

If nextToken is returned, there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return an HTTP 400 InvalidToken error.


Lists aliases for a specified state machine ARN

Description

Lists aliases for a specified state machine ARN. Results are sorted by time, with the most recently created aliases listed first.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_list_state_machine_aliases/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_list_state_machine_aliases(
  stateMachineArn,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

stateMachineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine for which you want to list aliases.

If you specify a state machine version ARN, this API returns a list of aliases for that version.

nextToken

If nextToken is returned, there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return an HTTP 400 InvalidToken error.

maxResults

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. You can use nextToken to obtain further pages of results. The default is 100 and the maximum allowed page size is 1000. A value of 0 uses the default.

This is only an upper limit. The actual number of results returned per call might be fewer than the specified maximum.


Lists versions for the specified state machine Amazon Resource Name (ARN)

Description

Lists versions for the specified state machine Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_list_state_machine_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_list_state_machine_versions(
  stateMachineArn,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

stateMachineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine.

nextToken

If nextToken is returned, there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return an HTTP 400 InvalidToken error.

maxResults

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. You can use nextToken to obtain further pages of results. The default is 100 and the maximum allowed page size is 1000. A value of 0 uses the default.

This is only an upper limit. The actual number of results returned per call might be fewer than the specified maximum.


Lists the existing state machines

Description

Lists the existing state machines.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_list_state_machines/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_list_state_machines(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. You can use nextToken to obtain further pages of results. The default is 100 and the maximum allowed page size is 1000. A value of 0 uses the default.

This is only an upper limit. The actual number of results returned per call might be fewer than the specified maximum.

nextToken

If nextToken is returned, there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return an HTTP 400 InvalidToken error.


List tags for a given resource

Description

List tags for a given resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the Step Functions state machine or activity.


Creates a version from the current revision of a state machine

Description

Creates a version from the current revision of a state machine. Use versions to create immutable snapshots of your state machine. You can start executions from versions either directly or with an alias. To create an alias, use create_state_machine_alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_publish_state_machine_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_publish_state_machine_version(
  stateMachineArn,
  revisionId = NULL,
  description = NULL
)

Arguments

stateMachineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine.

revisionId

Only publish the state machine version if the current state machine's revision ID matches the specified ID.

Use this option to avoid publishing a version if the state machine changed since you last updated it. If the specified revision ID doesn't match the state machine's current revision ID, the API returns ConflictException.

To specify an initial revision ID for a state machine with no revision ID assigned, specify the string INITIAL for the revisionId parameter. For example, you can specify a revisionID of INITIAL when you create a state machine using the create_state_machine API action.

description

An optional description of the state machine version.


Restarts unsuccessful executions of Standard workflows that didn't complete successfully in the last 14 days

Description

Restarts unsuccessful executions of Standard workflows that didn't complete successfully in the last 14 days. These include failed, aborted, or timed out executions. When you redrive an execution, it continues the failed execution from the unsuccessful step and uses the same input. Step Functions preserves the results and execution history of the successful steps, and doesn't rerun these steps when you redrive an execution. Redriven executions use the same state machine definition and execution ARN as the original execution attempt.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_redrive_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_redrive_execution(executionArn, clientToken = NULL)

Arguments

executionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution to be redriven.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. If you don’t specify a client token, the Amazon Web Services SDK automatically generates a client token and uses it for the request to ensure idempotency. The API will return idempotent responses for the last 10 client tokens used to successfully redrive the execution. These client tokens are valid for up to 15 minutes after they are first used.


Used by activity workers, Task states using the callback pattern, and optionally Task states using the job run pattern to report that the task identified by the taskToken failed

Description

Used by activity workers, Task states using the callback pattern, and optionally Task states using the job run pattern to report that the task identified by the taskToken failed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_send_task_failure/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_send_task_failure(taskToken, error = NULL, cause = NULL)

Arguments

taskToken

[required] The token that represents this task. Task tokens are generated by Step Functions when tasks are assigned to a worker, or in the context object when a workflow enters a task state. See GetActivityTaskOutput$taskToken.

error

The error code of the failure.

cause

A more detailed explanation of the cause of the failure.


Used by activity workers and Task states using the callback pattern, and optionally Task states using the job run pattern to report to Step Functions that the task represented by the specified taskToken is still making progress

Description

Used by activity workers and Task states using the callback pattern, and optionally Task states using the job run pattern to report to Step Functions that the task represented by the specified taskToken is still making progress. This action resets the Heartbeat clock. The Heartbeat threshold is specified in the state machine's Amazon States Language definition (HeartbeatSeconds). This action does not in itself create an event in the execution history. However, if the task times out, the execution history contains an ActivityTimedOut entry for activities, or a TaskTimedOut entry for tasks using the job run or callback pattern.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_send_task_heartbeat/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_send_task_heartbeat(taskToken)

Arguments

taskToken

[required] The token that represents this task. Task tokens are generated by Step Functions when tasks are assigned to a worker, or in the context object when a workflow enters a task state. See GetActivityTaskOutput$taskToken.


Used by activity workers, Task states using the callback pattern, and optionally Task states using the job run pattern to report that the task identified by the taskToken completed successfully

Description

Used by activity workers, Task states using the callback pattern, and optionally Task states using the job run pattern to report that the task identified by the taskToken completed successfully.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_send_task_success/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_send_task_success(taskToken, output)

Arguments

taskToken

[required] The token that represents this task. Task tokens are generated by Step Functions when tasks are assigned to a worker, or in the context object when a workflow enters a task state. See GetActivityTaskOutput$taskToken.

output

[required] The JSON output of the task. Length constraints apply to the payload size, and are expressed as bytes in UTF-8 encoding.


Starts a state machine execution

Description

Starts a state machine execution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_start_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_start_execution(
  stateMachineArn,
  name = NULL,
  input = NULL,
  traceHeader = NULL
)

Arguments

stateMachineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine to execute.

The stateMachineArn parameter accepts one of the following inputs:

  • An unqualified state machine ARN – Refers to a state machine ARN that isn't qualified with a version or alias ARN. The following is an example of an unqualified state machine ARN.

    ⁠arn:<partition>:states:<region>:<account-id>:stateMachine:<myStateMachine>⁠

    Step Functions doesn't associate state machine executions that you start with an unqualified ARN with a version. This is true even if that version uses the same revision that the execution used.

  • A state machine version ARN – Refers to a version ARN, which is a combination of state machine ARN and the version number separated by a colon (:). The following is an example of the ARN for version 10.

    ⁠arn:<partition>:states:<region>:<account-id>:stateMachine:<myStateMachine>:10⁠

    Step Functions doesn't associate executions that you start with a version ARN with any aliases that point to that version.

  • A state machine alias ARN – Refers to an alias ARN, which is a combination of state machine ARN and the alias name separated by a colon (:). The following is an example of the ARN for an alias named PROD.

    ⁠arn:<partition>:states:<region>:<account-id>:stateMachine:<myStateMachine:PROD>⁠

    Step Functions associates executions that you start with an alias ARN with that alias and the state machine version used for that execution.

name

Optional name of the execution. This name must be unique for your Amazon Web Services account, Region, and state machine for 90 days. For more information, see Limits Related to State Machine Executions in the Step Functions Developer Guide.

If you don't provide a name for the execution, Step Functions automatically generates a universally unique identifier (UUID) as the execution name.

A name must not contain:

  • white space

  • brackets ⁠< > { } [ ]⁠

  • wildcard characters ⁠? *⁠

  • special characters ⁠\" # % \ ^ | ~ \` $ & , ; : /⁠

  • control characters (⁠U+0000-001F⁠, ⁠U+007F-009F⁠)

To enable logging with CloudWatch Logs, the name should only contain 0-9, A-Z, a-z, - and _.

[ ]: R:%20

input

The string that contains the JSON input data for the execution, for example:

⁠"input": "{\"first_name\" : \"test\"}"⁠

If you don't include any JSON input data, you still must include the two braces, for example: "input": "{}"

Length constraints apply to the payload size, and are expressed as bytes in UTF-8 encoding.

traceHeader

Passes the X-Ray trace header. The trace header can also be passed in the request payload.


Starts a Synchronous Express state machine execution

Description

Starts a Synchronous Express state machine execution. start_sync_execution is not available for STANDARD workflows.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_start_sync_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_start_sync_execution(
  stateMachineArn,
  name = NULL,
  input = NULL,
  traceHeader = NULL,
  includedData = NULL
)

Arguments

stateMachineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine to execute.

name

The name of the execution.

input

The string that contains the JSON input data for the execution, for example:

⁠"input": "{\"first_name\" : \"test\"}"⁠

If you don't include any JSON input data, you still must include the two braces, for example: "input": "{}"

Length constraints apply to the payload size, and are expressed as bytes in UTF-8 encoding.

traceHeader

Passes the X-Ray trace header. The trace header can also be passed in the request payload.

includedData

If your state machine definition is encrypted with a KMS key, callers must have kms:Decrypt permission to decrypt the definition. Alternatively, you can call the API with includedData = METADATA_ONLY to get a successful response without the encrypted definition.


Stops an execution

Description

Stops an execution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_stop_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_stop_execution(executionArn, error = NULL, cause = NULL)

Arguments

executionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution to stop.

error

The error code of the failure.

cause

A more detailed explanation of the cause of the failure.


Add a tag to a Step Functions resource

Description

Add a tag to a Step Functions resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the Step Functions state machine or activity.

tags

[required] The list of tags to add to a resource.

Tags may only contain Unicode letters, digits, white space, or these symbols: ⁠_ . : / = + - @⁠.


Accepts the definition of a single state and executes it

Description

Accepts the definition of a single state and executes it. You can test a state without creating a state machine or updating an existing state machine. Using this API, you can test the following:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_test_state/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_test_state(
  definition,
  roleArn = NULL,
  input = NULL,
  inspectionLevel = NULL,
  revealSecrets = NULL,
  variables = NULL
)

Arguments

definition

[required] The Amazon States Language (ASL) definition of the state.

roleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution role with the required IAM permissions for the state.

input

A string that contains the JSON input data for the state.

inspectionLevel

Determines the values to return when a state is tested. You can specify one of the following types:

  • INFO: Shows the final state output. By default, Step Functions sets inspectionLevel to INFO if you don't specify a level.

  • DEBUG: Shows the final state output along with the input and output data processing result.

  • TRACE: Shows the HTTP request and response for an HTTP Task. This level also shows the final state output along with the input and output data processing result.

Each of these levels also provide information about the status of the state execution and the next state to transition to.

revealSecrets

Specifies whether or not to include secret information in the test result. For HTTP Tasks, a secret includes the data that an EventBridge connection adds to modify the HTTP request headers, query parameters, and body. Step Functions doesn't omit any information included in the state definition or the HTTP response.

If you set revealSecrets to true, you must make sure that the IAM user that calls the test_state API has permission for the states:RevealSecrets action. For an example of IAM policy that sets the states:RevealSecrets permission, see IAM permissions to test a state. Without this permission, Step Functions throws an access denied error.

By default, revealSecrets is set to false.

variables

JSON object literal that sets variables used in the state under test. Object keys are the variable names and values are the variable values.


Remove a tag from a Step Functions resource

Description

Remove a tag from a Step Functions resource

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the Step Functions state machine or activity.

tagKeys

[required] The list of tags to remove from the resource.


Updates an in-progress Map Run's configuration to include changes to the settings that control maximum concurrency and Map Run failure

Description

Updates an in-progress Map Run's configuration to include changes to the settings that control maximum concurrency and Map Run failure.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_update_map_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_update_map_run(
  mapRunArn,
  maxConcurrency = NULL,
  toleratedFailurePercentage = NULL,
  toleratedFailureCount = NULL
)

Arguments

mapRunArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a Map Run.

maxConcurrency

The maximum number of child workflow executions that can be specified to run in parallel for the Map Run at the same time.

toleratedFailurePercentage

The maximum percentage of failed items before the Map Run fails.

toleratedFailureCount

The maximum number of failed items before the Map Run fails.


Updates an existing state machine by modifying its definition, roleArn, loggingConfiguration, or EncryptionConfiguration

Description

Updates an existing state machine by modifying its definition, roleArn, loggingConfiguration, or EncryptionConfiguration. Running executions will continue to use the previous definition and roleArn. You must include at least one of definition or roleArn or you will receive a MissingRequiredParameter error.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_update_state_machine/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_update_state_machine(
  stateMachineArn,
  definition = NULL,
  roleArn = NULL,
  loggingConfiguration = NULL,
  tracingConfiguration = NULL,
  publish = NULL,
  versionDescription = NULL,
  encryptionConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

stateMachineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine.

definition

The Amazon States Language definition of the state machine. See Amazon States Language.

roleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role of the state machine.

loggingConfiguration

Use the LoggingConfiguration data type to set CloudWatch Logs options.

tracingConfiguration

Selects whether X-Ray tracing is enabled.

publish

Specifies whether the state machine version is published. The default is false. To publish a version after updating the state machine, set publish to true.

versionDescription

An optional description of the state machine version to publish.

You can only specify the versionDescription parameter if you've set publish to true.

encryptionConfiguration

Settings to configure server-side encryption.


Updates the configuration of an existing state machine alias by modifying its description or routingConfiguration

Description

Updates the configuration of an existing state machine alias by modifying its description or routingConfiguration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_update_state_machine_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_update_state_machine_alias(
  stateMachineAliasArn,
  description = NULL,
  routingConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

stateMachineAliasArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the state machine alias.

description

A description of the state machine alias.

routingConfiguration

The routing configuration of the state machine alias.

An array of RoutingConfig objects that specifies up to two state machine versions that the alias starts executions for.


Validates the syntax of a state machine definition specified in Amazon States Language (ASL), a JSON-based, structured language

Description

Validates the syntax of a state machine definition specified in Amazon States Language (ASL), a JSON-based, structured language.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sfn_validate_state_machine_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

sfn_validate_state_machine_definition(
  definition,
  type = NULL,
  severity = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

definition

[required] The Amazon States Language definition of the state machine. For more information, see Amazon States Language (ASL).

type

The target type of state machine for this definition. The default is STANDARD.

severity

Minimum level of diagnostics to return. ERROR returns only ERROR diagnostics, whereas WARNING returns both WARNING and ERROR diagnostics. The default is ERROR.

maxResults

The maximum number of diagnostics that are returned per call. The default and maximum value is 100. Setting the value to 0 will also use the default of 100.

If the number of diagnostics returned in the response exceeds maxResults, the value of the truncated field in the response will be set to true.


Amazon Simple Notification Service

Description

Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) is a web service that enables you to build distributed web-enabled applications. Applications can use Amazon SNS to easily push real-time notification messages to interested subscribers over multiple delivery protocols. For more information about this product see the Amazon SNS product page. For detailed information about Amazon SNS features and their associated API calls, see the Amazon SNS Developer Guide.

For information on the permissions you need to use this API, see Identity and access management in Amazon SNS in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide.

We also provide SDKs that enable you to access Amazon SNS from your preferred programming language. The SDKs contain functionality that automatically takes care of tasks such as: cryptographically signing your service requests, retrying requests, and handling error responses. For a list of available SDKs, go to Tools for Amazon Web Services.

Usage

sns(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- sns(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_permission Adds a statement to a topic's access control policy, granting access for the specified Amazon Web Services accounts to the specified actions
check_if_phone_number_is_opted_out Accepts a phone number and indicates whether the phone holder has opted out of receiving SMS messages from your Amazon Web Services account
confirm_subscription Verifies an endpoint owner's intent to receive messages by validating the token sent to the endpoint by an earlier Subscribe action
create_platform_application Creates a platform application object for one of the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging), to which devices and mobile apps may register
create_platform_endpoint Creates an endpoint for a device and mobile app on one of the supported push notification services, such as GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) and APNS
create_sms_sandbox_phone_number Adds a destination phone number to an Amazon Web Services account in the SMS sandbox and sends a one-time password (OTP) to that phone number
create_topic Creates a topic to which notifications can be published
delete_endpoint Deletes the endpoint for a device and mobile app from Amazon SNS
delete_platform_application Deletes a platform application object for one of the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging)
delete_sms_sandbox_phone_number Deletes an Amazon Web Services account's verified or pending phone number from the SMS sandbox
delete_topic Deletes a topic and all its subscriptions
get_data_protection_policy Retrieves the specified inline DataProtectionPolicy document that is stored in the specified Amazon SNS topic
get_endpoint_attributes Retrieves the endpoint attributes for a device on one of the supported push notification services, such as GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) and APNS
get_platform_application_attributes Retrieves the attributes of the platform application object for the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging)
get_sms_attributes Returns the settings for sending SMS messages from your Amazon Web Services account
get_sms_sandbox_account_status Retrieves the SMS sandbox status for the calling Amazon Web Services account in the target Amazon Web Services Region
get_subscription_attributes Returns all of the properties of a subscription
get_topic_attributes Returns all of the properties of a topic
list_endpoints_by_platform_application Lists the endpoints and endpoint attributes for devices in a supported push notification service, such as GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) and APNS
list_origination_numbers Lists the calling Amazon Web Services account's dedicated origination numbers and their metadata
list_phone_numbers_opted_out Returns a list of phone numbers that are opted out, meaning you cannot send SMS messages to them
list_platform_applications Lists the platform application objects for the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging)
list_sms_sandbox_phone_numbers Lists the calling Amazon Web Services account's current verified and pending destination phone numbers in the SMS sandbox
list_subscriptions Returns a list of the requester's subscriptions
list_subscriptions_by_topic Returns a list of the subscriptions to a specific topic
list_tags_for_resource List all tags added to the specified Amazon SNS topic
list_topics Returns a list of the requester's topics
opt_in_phone_number Use this request to opt in a phone number that is opted out, which enables you to resume sending SMS messages to the number
publish Sends a message to an Amazon SNS topic, a text message (SMS message) directly to a phone number, or a message to a mobile platform endpoint (when you specify the TargetArn)
publish_batch Publishes up to ten messages to the specified topic
put_data_protection_policy Adds or updates an inline policy document that is stored in the specified Amazon SNS topic
remove_permission Removes a statement from a topic's access control policy
set_endpoint_attributes Sets the attributes for an endpoint for a device on one of the supported push notification services, such as GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) and APNS
set_platform_application_attributes Sets the attributes of the platform application object for the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging)
set_sms_attributes Use this request to set the default settings for sending SMS messages and receiving daily SMS usage reports
set_subscription_attributes Allows a subscription owner to set an attribute of the subscription to a new value
set_topic_attributes Allows a topic owner to set an attribute of the topic to a new value
subscribe Subscribes an endpoint to an Amazon SNS topic
tag_resource Add tags to the specified Amazon SNS topic
unsubscribe Deletes a subscription
untag_resource Remove tags from the specified Amazon SNS topic
verify_sms_sandbox_phone_number Verifies a destination phone number with a one-time password (OTP) for the calling Amazon Web Services account

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- sns()
svc$add_permission(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds a statement to a topic's access control policy, granting access for the specified Amazon Web Services accounts to the specified actions

Description

Adds a statement to a topic's access control policy, granting access for the specified Amazon Web Services accounts to the specified actions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_add_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_add_permission(TopicArn, Label, AWSAccountId, ActionName)

Arguments

TopicArn

[required] The ARN of the topic whose access control policy you wish to modify.

Label

[required] A unique identifier for the new policy statement.

AWSAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account IDs of the users (principals) who will be given access to the specified actions. The users must have Amazon Web Services account, but do not need to be signed up for this service.

ActionName

[required] The action you want to allow for the specified principal(s).

Valid values: Any Amazon SNS action name, for example publish.


Accepts a phone number and indicates whether the phone holder has opted out of receiving SMS messages from your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Accepts a phone number and indicates whether the phone holder has opted out of receiving SMS messages from your Amazon Web Services account. You cannot send SMS messages to a number that is opted out.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_check_if_phone_number_is_opted_out/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_check_if_phone_number_is_opted_out(phoneNumber)

Arguments

phoneNumber

[required] The phone number for which you want to check the opt out status.


Verifies an endpoint owner's intent to receive messages by validating the token sent to the endpoint by an earlier Subscribe action

Description

Verifies an endpoint owner's intent to receive messages by validating the token sent to the endpoint by an earlier subscribe action. If the token is valid, the action creates a new subscription and returns its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). This call requires an AWS signature only when the AuthenticateOnUnsubscribe flag is set to "true".

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_confirm_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_confirm_subscription(TopicArn, Token, AuthenticateOnUnsubscribe = NULL)

Arguments

TopicArn

[required] The ARN of the topic for which you wish to confirm a subscription.

Token

[required] Short-lived token sent to an endpoint during the subscribe action.

AuthenticateOnUnsubscribe

Disallows unauthenticated unsubscribes of the subscription. If the value of this parameter is true and the request has an Amazon Web Services signature, then only the topic owner and the subscription owner can unsubscribe the endpoint. The unsubscribe action requires Amazon Web Services authentication.


Creates a platform application object for one of the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging), to which devices and mobile apps may register

Description

Creates a platform application object for one of the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging), to which devices and mobile apps may register. You must specify PlatformPrincipal and PlatformCredential attributes when using the create_platform_application action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_create_platform_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_create_platform_application(Name, Platform, Attributes)

Arguments

Name

[required] Application names must be made up of only uppercase and lowercase ASCII letters, numbers, underscores, hyphens, and periods, and must be between 1 and 256 characters long.

Platform

[required] The following platforms are supported: ADM (Amazon Device Messaging), APNS (Apple Push Notification Service), APNS_SANDBOX, and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging).

Attributes

[required] For a list of attributes, see set_platform_application_attributes .


Creates an endpoint for a device and mobile app on one of the supported push notification services, such as GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) and APNS

Description

Creates an endpoint for a device and mobile app on one of the supported push notification services, such as GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) and APNS. create_platform_endpoint requires the PlatformApplicationArn that is returned from create_platform_application. You can use the returned EndpointArn to send a message to a mobile app or by the subscribe action for subscription to a topic. The create_platform_endpoint action is idempotent, so if the requester already owns an endpoint with the same device token and attributes, that endpoint's ARN is returned without creating a new endpoint. For more information, see Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_create_platform_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_create_platform_endpoint(
  PlatformApplicationArn,
  Token,
  CustomUserData = NULL,
  Attributes = NULL
)

Arguments

PlatformApplicationArn

[required] PlatformApplicationArn returned from CreatePlatformApplication is used to create a an endpoint.

Token

[required] Unique identifier created by the notification service for an app on a device. The specific name for Token will vary, depending on which notification service is being used. For example, when using APNS as the notification service, you need the device token. Alternatively, when using GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) or ADM, the device token equivalent is called the registration ID.

CustomUserData

Arbitrary user data to associate with the endpoint. Amazon SNS does not use this data. The data must be in UTF-8 format and less than 2KB.

Attributes

For a list of attributes, see set_endpoint_attributes .


Adds a destination phone number to an Amazon Web Services account in the SMS sandbox and sends a one-time password (OTP) to that phone number

Description

Adds a destination phone number to an Amazon Web Services account in the SMS sandbox and sends a one-time password (OTP) to that phone number.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_create_sms_sandbox_phone_number/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_create_sms_sandbox_phone_number(PhoneNumber, LanguageCode = NULL)

Arguments

PhoneNumber

[required] The destination phone number to verify. On verification, Amazon SNS adds this phone number to the list of verified phone numbers that you can send SMS messages to.

LanguageCode

The language to use for sending the OTP. The default value is en-US.


Creates a topic to which notifications can be published

Description

Creates a topic to which notifications can be published. Users can create at most 100,000 standard topics (at most 1,000 FIFO topics). For more information, see Creating an Amazon SNS topic in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide. This action is idempotent, so if the requester already owns a topic with the specified name, that topic's ARN is returned without creating a new topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_create_topic/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_create_topic(
  Name,
  Attributes = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  DataProtectionPolicy = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the topic you want to create.

Constraints: Topic names must be made up of only uppercase and lowercase ASCII letters, numbers, underscores, and hyphens, and must be between 1 and 256 characters long.

For a FIFO (first-in-first-out) topic, the name must end with the .fifo suffix.

Attributes

A map of attributes with their corresponding values.

The following lists names, descriptions, and values of the special request parameters that the create_topic action uses:

  • DeliveryPolicy – The policy that defines how Amazon SNS retries failed deliveries to HTTP/S endpoints.

  • DisplayName – The display name to use for a topic with SMS subscriptions.

  • FifoTopic – Set to true to create a FIFO topic.

  • Policy – The policy that defines who can access your topic. By default, only the topic owner can publish or subscribe to the topic.

  • SignatureVersion – The signature version corresponds to the hashing algorithm used while creating the signature of the notifications, subscription confirmations, or unsubscribe confirmation messages sent by Amazon SNS. By default, SignatureVersion is set to 1.

  • TracingConfig – Tracing mode of an Amazon SNS topic. By default TracingConfig is set to PassThrough, and the topic passes through the tracing header it receives from an Amazon SNS publisher to its subscriptions. If set to Active, Amazon SNS will vend X-Ray segment data to topic owner account if the sampled flag in the tracing header is true. This is only supported on standard topics.

The following attribute applies only to server-side encryption:

  • KmsMasterKeyId – The ID of an Amazon Web Services managed customer master key (CMK) for Amazon SNS or a custom CMK. For more information, see Key Terms. For more examples, see KeyId in the Key Management Service API Reference.

The following attributes apply only to FIFO topics:

  • ArchivePolicy – The policy that sets the retention period for messages stored in the message archive of an Amazon SNS FIFO topic.

  • ContentBasedDeduplication – Enables content-based deduplication for FIFO topics.

    • By default, ContentBasedDeduplication is set to false. If you create a FIFO topic and this attribute is false, you must specify a value for the MessageDeduplicationId parameter for the publish action.

    • When you set ContentBasedDeduplication to true, Amazon SNS uses a SHA-256 hash to generate the MessageDeduplicationId using the body of the message (but not the attributes of the message).

      (Optional) To override the generated value, you can specify a value for the MessageDeduplicationId parameter for the publish action.

  • FifoThroughputScope – Enables higher throughput for your FIFO topic by adjusting the scope of deduplication. This attribute has two possible values:

    • Topic – The scope of message deduplication is across the entire topic. This is the default value and maintains existing behavior, with a maximum throughput of 3000 messages per second or 20MB per second, whichever comes first.

    • MessageGroup – The scope of deduplication is within each individual message group, which enables higher throughput per topic subject to regional quotas. For more information on quotas or to request an increase, see Amazon SNS service quotas in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Tags

The list of tags to add to a new topic.

To be able to tag a topic on creation, you must have the sns:CreateTopic and sns:TagResource permissions.

DataProtectionPolicy

The body of the policy document you want to use for this topic.

You can only add one policy per topic.

The policy must be in JSON string format.

Length Constraints: Maximum length of 30,720.


Deletes the endpoint for a device and mobile app from Amazon SNS

Description

Deletes the endpoint for a device and mobile app from Amazon SNS. This action is idempotent. For more information, see Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_delete_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_delete_endpoint(EndpointArn)

Arguments

EndpointArn

[required] EndpointArn of endpoint to delete.


Deletes a platform application object for one of the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging)

Description

Deletes a platform application object for one of the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging). For more information, see Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_delete_platform_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_delete_platform_application(PlatformApplicationArn)

Arguments

PlatformApplicationArn

[required] PlatformApplicationArn of platform application object to delete.


Deletes an Amazon Web Services account's verified or pending phone number from the SMS sandbox

Description

Deletes an Amazon Web Services account's verified or pending phone number from the SMS sandbox.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_delete_sms_sandbox_phone_number/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_delete_sms_sandbox_phone_number(PhoneNumber)

Arguments

PhoneNumber

[required] The destination phone number to delete.


Deletes a topic and all its subscriptions

Description

Deletes a topic and all its subscriptions. Deleting a topic might prevent some messages previously sent to the topic from being delivered to subscribers. This action is idempotent, so deleting a topic that does not exist does not result in an error.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_delete_topic/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_delete_topic(TopicArn)

Arguments

TopicArn

[required] The ARN of the topic you want to delete.


Retrieves the specified inline DataProtectionPolicy document that is stored in the specified Amazon SNS topic

Description

Retrieves the specified inline DataProtectionPolicy document that is stored in the specified Amazon SNS topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_get_data_protection_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_get_data_protection_policy(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the topic whose DataProtectionPolicy you want to get.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Retrieves the endpoint attributes for a device on one of the supported push notification services, such as GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) and APNS

Description

Retrieves the endpoint attributes for a device on one of the supported push notification services, such as GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) and APNS. For more information, see Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_get_endpoint_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_get_endpoint_attributes(EndpointArn)

Arguments

EndpointArn

[required] EndpointArn for get_endpoint_attributes input.


Retrieves the attributes of the platform application object for the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging)

Description

Retrieves the attributes of the platform application object for the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging). For more information, see Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_get_platform_application_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_get_platform_application_attributes(PlatformApplicationArn)

Arguments

PlatformApplicationArn

[required] PlatformApplicationArn for GetPlatformApplicationAttributesInput.


Returns the settings for sending SMS messages from your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns the settings for sending SMS messages from your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_get_sms_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_get_sms_attributes(attributes = NULL)

Arguments

attributes

A list of the individual attribute names, such as MonthlySpendLimit, for which you want values.

For all attribute names, see set_sms_attributes.

If you don't use this parameter, Amazon SNS returns all SMS attributes.


Retrieves the SMS sandbox status for the calling Amazon Web Services account in the target Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Retrieves the SMS sandbox status for the calling Amazon Web Services account in the target Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_get_sms_sandbox_account_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_get_sms_sandbox_account_status()

Returns all of the properties of a subscription

Description

Returns all of the properties of a subscription.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_get_subscription_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_get_subscription_attributes(SubscriptionArn)

Arguments

SubscriptionArn

[required] The ARN of the subscription whose properties you want to get.


Returns all of the properties of a topic

Description

Returns all of the properties of a topic. Topic properties returned might differ based on the authorization of the user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_get_topic_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_get_topic_attributes(TopicArn)

Arguments

TopicArn

[required] The ARN of the topic whose properties you want to get.


Lists the endpoints and endpoint attributes for devices in a supported push notification service, such as GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) and APNS

Description

Lists the endpoints and endpoint attributes for devices in a supported push notification service, such as GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) and APNS. The results for list_endpoints_by_platform_application are paginated and return a limited list of endpoints, up to 100. If additional records are available after the first page results, then a NextToken string will be returned. To receive the next page, you call list_endpoints_by_platform_application again using the NextToken string received from the previous call. When there are no more records to return, NextToken will be null. For more information, see Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_list_endpoints_by_platform_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_list_endpoints_by_platform_application(
  PlatformApplicationArn,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

PlatformApplicationArn

[required] PlatformApplicationArn for ListEndpointsByPlatformApplicationInput action.

NextToken

NextToken string is used when calling list_endpoints_by_platform_application action to retrieve additional records that are available after the first page results.


Lists the calling Amazon Web Services account's dedicated origination numbers and their metadata

Description

Lists the calling Amazon Web Services account's dedicated origination numbers and their metadata. For more information about origination numbers, see Origination numbers in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_list_origination_numbers/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_list_origination_numbers(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Token that the previous list_origination_numbers request returns.

MaxResults

The maximum number of origination numbers to return.


Returns a list of phone numbers that are opted out, meaning you cannot send SMS messages to them

Description

Returns a list of phone numbers that are opted out, meaning you cannot send SMS messages to them.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_list_phone_numbers_opted_out/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_list_phone_numbers_opted_out(nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

A NextToken string is used when you call the list_phone_numbers_opted_out action to retrieve additional records that are available after the first page of results.


Lists the platform application objects for the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging)

Description

Lists the platform application objects for the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging). The results for list_platform_applications are paginated and return a limited list of applications, up to 100. If additional records are available after the first page results, then a NextToken string will be returned. To receive the next page, you call list_platform_applications using the NextToken string received from the previous call. When there are no more records to return, NextToken will be null. For more information, see Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_list_platform_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_list_platform_applications(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

NextToken string is used when calling list_platform_applications action to retrieve additional records that are available after the first page results.


Lists the calling Amazon Web Services account's current verified and pending destination phone numbers in the SMS sandbox

Description

Lists the calling Amazon Web Services account's current verified and pending destination phone numbers in the SMS sandbox.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_list_sms_sandbox_phone_numbers/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_list_sms_sandbox_phone_numbers(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Token that the previous ListSMSSandboxPhoneNumbersInput request returns.

MaxResults

The maximum number of phone numbers to return.


Returns a list of the requester's subscriptions

Description

Returns a list of the requester's subscriptions. Each call returns a limited list of subscriptions, up to 100. If there are more subscriptions, a NextToken is also returned. Use the NextToken parameter in a new list_subscriptions call to get further results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_list_subscriptions/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_list_subscriptions(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Token returned by the previous list_subscriptions request.


Returns a list of the subscriptions to a specific topic

Description

Returns a list of the subscriptions to a specific topic. Each call returns a limited list of subscriptions, up to 100. If there are more subscriptions, a NextToken is also returned. Use the NextToken parameter in a new list_subscriptions_by_topic call to get further results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_list_subscriptions_by_topic/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_list_subscriptions_by_topic(TopicArn, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

TopicArn

[required] The ARN of the topic for which you wish to find subscriptions.

NextToken

Token returned by the previous list_subscriptions_by_topic request.


List all tags added to the specified Amazon SNS topic

Description

List all tags added to the specified Amazon SNS topic. For an overview, see Amazon SNS Tags in the Amazon Simple Notification Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the topic for which to list tags.


Returns a list of the requester's topics

Description

Returns a list of the requester's topics. Each call returns a limited list of topics, up to 100. If there are more topics, a NextToken is also returned. Use the NextToken parameter in a new list_topics call to get further results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_list_topics/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_list_topics(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Token returned by the previous list_topics request.


Use this request to opt in a phone number that is opted out, which enables you to resume sending SMS messages to the number

Description

Use this request to opt in a phone number that is opted out, which enables you to resume sending SMS messages to the number.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_opt_in_phone_number/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_opt_in_phone_number(phoneNumber)

Arguments

phoneNumber

[required] The phone number to opt in. Use E.164 format.


Sends a message to an Amazon SNS topic, a text message (SMS message) directly to a phone number, or a message to a mobile platform endpoint (when you specify the TargetArn)

Description

Sends a message to an Amazon SNS topic, a text message (SMS message) directly to a phone number, or a message to a mobile platform endpoint (when you specify the TargetArn).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_publish/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_publish(
  TopicArn = NULL,
  TargetArn = NULL,
  PhoneNumber = NULL,
  Message,
  Subject = NULL,
  MessageStructure = NULL,
  MessageAttributes = NULL,
  MessageDeduplicationId = NULL,
  MessageGroupId = NULL
)

Arguments

TopicArn

The topic you want to publish to.

If you don't specify a value for the TopicArn parameter, you must specify a value for the PhoneNumber or TargetArn parameters.

TargetArn

If you don't specify a value for the TargetArn parameter, you must specify a value for the PhoneNumber or TopicArn parameters.

PhoneNumber

The phone number to which you want to deliver an SMS message. Use E.164 format.

If you don't specify a value for the PhoneNumber parameter, you must specify a value for the TargetArn or TopicArn parameters.

Message

[required] The message you want to send.

If you are publishing to a topic and you want to send the same message to all transport protocols, include the text of the message as a String value. If you want to send different messages for each transport protocol, set the value of the MessageStructure parameter to json and use a JSON object for the Message parameter.

Constraints:

  • With the exception of SMS, messages must be UTF-8 encoded strings and at most 256 KB in size (262,144 bytes, not 262,144 characters).

  • For SMS, each message can contain up to 140 characters. This character limit depends on the encoding schema. For example, an SMS message can contain 160 GSM characters, 140 ASCII characters, or 70 UCS-2 characters.

    If you publish a message that exceeds this size limit, Amazon SNS sends the message as multiple messages, each fitting within the size limit. Messages aren't truncated mid-word but are cut off at whole-word boundaries.

    The total size limit for a single SMS publish action is 1,600 characters.

JSON-specific constraints:

  • Keys in the JSON object that correspond to supported transport protocols must have simple JSON string values.

  • The values will be parsed (unescaped) before they are used in outgoing messages.

  • Outbound notifications are JSON encoded (meaning that the characters will be reescaped for sending).

  • Values have a minimum length of 0 (the empty string, "", is allowed).

  • Values have a maximum length bounded by the overall message size (so, including multiple protocols may limit message sizes).

  • Non-string values will cause the key to be ignored.

  • Keys that do not correspond to supported transport protocols are ignored.

  • Duplicate keys are not allowed.

  • Failure to parse or validate any key or value in the message will cause the publish call to return an error (no partial delivery).

Subject

Optional parameter to be used as the "Subject" line when the message is delivered to email endpoints. This field will also be included, if present, in the standard JSON messages delivered to other endpoints.

Constraints: Subjects must be UTF-8 text with no line breaks or control characters, and less than 100 characters long.

MessageStructure

Set MessageStructure to json if you want to send a different message for each protocol. For example, using one publish action, you can send a short message to your SMS subscribers and a longer message to your email subscribers. If you set MessageStructure to json, the value of the Message parameter must:

  • be a syntactically valid JSON object; and

  • contain at least a top-level JSON key of "default" with a value that is a string.

You can define other top-level keys that define the message you want to send to a specific transport protocol (e.g., "http").

Valid value: json

MessageAttributes

Message attributes for Publish action.

MessageDeduplicationId
  • This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) topics. The MessageDeduplicationId can contain up to 128 alphanumeric characters ⁠(a-z, A-Z, 0-9)⁠ and punctuation ⁠(!\"#$%&\'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_\`{|}~)⁠.

  • Every message must have a unique MessageDeduplicationId, which is a token used for deduplication of sent messages within the 5 minute minimum deduplication interval.

  • The scope of deduplication depends on the FifoThroughputScope attribute, when set to Topic the message deduplication scope is across the entire topic, when set to MessageGroup the message deduplication scope is within each individual message group.

  • If a message with a particular MessageDeduplicationId is sent successfully, subsequent messages within the deduplication scope and interval, with the same MessageDeduplicationId, are accepted successfully but aren't delivered.

  • Every message must have a unique MessageDeduplicationId:

    • You may provide a MessageDeduplicationId explicitly.

    • If you aren't able to provide a MessageDeduplicationId and you enable ContentBasedDeduplication for your topic, Amazon SNS uses a SHA-256 hash to generate the MessageDeduplicationId using the body of the message (but not the attributes of the message).

    • If you don't provide a MessageDeduplicationId and the topic doesn't have ContentBasedDeduplication set, the action fails with an error.

    • If the topic has a ContentBasedDeduplication set, your MessageDeduplicationId overrides the generated one.

  • When ContentBasedDeduplication is in effect, messages with identical content sent within the deduplication scope and interval are treated as duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered.

  • If you send one message with ContentBasedDeduplication enabled, and then another message with a MessageDeduplicationId that is the same as the one generated for the first MessageDeduplicationId, the two messages are treated as duplicates, within the deduplication scope and interval, and only one copy of the message is delivered.

[]: R:%5C

MessageGroupId

This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) topics. The MessageGroupId can contain up to 128 alphanumeric characters ⁠(a-z, A-Z, 0-9)⁠ and punctuation ⁠(!\"#$%&\'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_\`{|}~)⁠.

The MessageGroupId is a tag that specifies that a message belongs to a specific message group. Messages that belong to the same message group are processed in a FIFO manner (however, messages in different message groups might be processed out of order). Every message must include a MessageGroupId.

[]: R:%5C


Publishes up to ten messages to the specified topic

Description

Publishes up to ten messages to the specified topic. This is a batch version of publish. For FIFO topics, multiple messages within a single batch are published in the order they are sent, and messages are deduplicated within the batch and across batches for 5 minutes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_publish_batch/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_publish_batch(TopicArn, PublishBatchRequestEntries)

Arguments

TopicArn

[required] The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the topic you want to batch publish to.

PublishBatchRequestEntries

[required] A list of publish_batch request entries to be sent to the SNS topic.


Adds or updates an inline policy document that is stored in the specified Amazon SNS topic

Description

Adds or updates an inline policy document that is stored in the specified Amazon SNS topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_put_data_protection_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_put_data_protection_policy(ResourceArn, DataProtectionPolicy)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the topic whose DataProtectionPolicy you want to add or update.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

DataProtectionPolicy

[required] The JSON serialization of the topic's DataProtectionPolicy.

The DataProtectionPolicy must be in JSON string format.

Length Constraints: Maximum length of 30,720.


Removes a statement from a topic's access control policy

Description

Removes a statement from a topic's access control policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_remove_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_remove_permission(TopicArn, Label)

Arguments

TopicArn

[required] The ARN of the topic whose access control policy you wish to modify.

Label

[required] The unique label of the statement you want to remove.


Sets the attributes for an endpoint for a device on one of the supported push notification services, such as GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) and APNS

Description

Sets the attributes for an endpoint for a device on one of the supported push notification services, such as GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) and APNS. For more information, see Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_set_endpoint_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_set_endpoint_attributes(EndpointArn, Attributes)

Arguments

EndpointArn

[required] EndpointArn used for set_endpoint_attributes action.

Attributes

[required] A map of the endpoint attributes. Attributes in this map include the following:

  • CustomUserData – arbitrary user data to associate with the endpoint. Amazon SNS does not use this data. The data must be in UTF-8 format and less than 2KB.

  • Enabled – flag that enables/disables delivery to the endpoint. Amazon SNS will set this to false when a notification service indicates to Amazon SNS that the endpoint is invalid. Users can set it back to true, typically after updating Token.

  • Token – device token, also referred to as a registration id, for an app and mobile device. This is returned from the notification service when an app and mobile device are registered with the notification service.


Sets the attributes of the platform application object for the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging)

Description

Sets the attributes of the platform application object for the supported push notification services, such as APNS and GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging). For more information, see Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications. For information on configuring attributes for message delivery status, see Using Amazon SNS Application Attributes for Message Delivery Status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_set_platform_application_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_set_platform_application_attributes(PlatformApplicationArn, Attributes)

Arguments

PlatformApplicationArn

[required] PlatformApplicationArn for set_platform_application_attributes action.

Attributes

[required] A map of the platform application attributes. Attributes in this map include the following:

  • PlatformCredential – The credential received from the notification service.

    • For ADM, PlatformCredentialis client secret.

    • For Apple Services using certificate credentials, PlatformCredential is private key.

    • For Apple Services using token credentials, PlatformCredential is signing key.

    • For GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) using key credentials, there is no PlatformPrincipal. The PlatformCredential is ⁠API key⁠.

    • For GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging) using token credentials, there is no PlatformPrincipal. The PlatformCredential is a JSON formatted private key file. When using the Amazon Web Services CLI, the file must be in string format and special characters must be ignored. To format the file correctly, Amazon SNS recommends using the following command: SERVICE_JSON=`jq @json <<< cat service.json`.

  • PlatformPrincipal – The principal received from the notification service.

    • For ADM, PlatformPrincipalis client id.

    • For Apple Services using certificate credentials, PlatformPrincipal is SSL certificate.

    • For Apple Services using token credentials, PlatformPrincipal is signing key ID.

    • For GCM (Firebase Cloud Messaging), there is no PlatformPrincipal.

  • EventEndpointCreated – Topic ARN to which EndpointCreated event notifications are sent.

  • EventEndpointDeleted – Topic ARN to which EndpointDeleted event notifications are sent.

  • EventEndpointUpdated – Topic ARN to which EndpointUpdate event notifications are sent.

  • EventDeliveryFailure – Topic ARN to which DeliveryFailure event notifications are sent upon Direct Publish delivery failure (permanent) to one of the application's endpoints.

  • SuccessFeedbackRoleArn – IAM role ARN used to give Amazon SNS write access to use CloudWatch Logs on your behalf.

  • FailureFeedbackRoleArn – IAM role ARN used to give Amazon SNS write access to use CloudWatch Logs on your behalf.

  • SuccessFeedbackSampleRate – Sample rate percentage (0-100) of successfully delivered messages.

The following attributes only apply to APNs token-based authentication:

  • ApplePlatformTeamID – The identifier that's assigned to your Apple developer account team.

  • ApplePlatformBundleID – The bundle identifier that's assigned to your iOS app.


Use this request to set the default settings for sending SMS messages and receiving daily SMS usage reports

Description

Use this request to set the default settings for sending SMS messages and receiving daily SMS usage reports.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_set_sms_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_set_sms_attributes(attributes)

Arguments

attributes

[required] The default settings for sending SMS messages from your Amazon Web Services account. You can set values for the following attribute names:

MonthlySpendLimit – The maximum amount in USD that you are willing to spend each month to send SMS messages. When Amazon SNS determines that sending an SMS message would incur a cost that exceeds this limit, it stops sending SMS messages within minutes.

Amazon SNS stops sending SMS messages within minutes of the limit being crossed. During that interval, if you continue to send SMS messages, you will incur costs that exceed your limit.

By default, the spend limit is set to the maximum allowed by Amazon SNS. If you want to raise the limit, submit an SNS Limit Increase case. For New limit value, enter your desired monthly spend limit. In the Use Case Description field, explain that you are requesting an SMS monthly spend limit increase.

DeliveryStatusIAMRole – The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon SNS to write logs about SMS deliveries in CloudWatch Logs. For each SMS message that you send, Amazon SNS writes a log that includes the message price, the success or failure status, the reason for failure (if the message failed), the message dwell time, and other information.

DeliveryStatusSuccessSamplingRate – The percentage of successful SMS deliveries for which Amazon SNS will write logs in CloudWatch Logs. The value can be an integer from 0 - 100. For example, to write logs only for failed deliveries, set this value to 0. To write logs for 10% of your successful deliveries, set it to 10.

DefaultSenderID – A string, such as your business brand, that is displayed as the sender on the receiving device. Support for sender IDs varies by country. The sender ID can be 1 - 11 alphanumeric characters, and it must contain at least one letter.

DefaultSMSType – The type of SMS message that you will send by default. You can assign the following values:

  • Promotional – (Default) Noncritical messages, such as marketing messages. Amazon SNS optimizes the message delivery to incur the lowest cost.

  • Transactional – Critical messages that support customer transactions, such as one-time passcodes for multi-factor authentication. Amazon SNS optimizes the message delivery to achieve the highest reliability.

UsageReportS3Bucket – The name of the Amazon S3 bucket to receive daily SMS usage reports from Amazon SNS. Each day, Amazon SNS will deliver a usage report as a CSV file to the bucket. The report includes the following information for each SMS message that was successfully delivered by your Amazon Web Services account:

  • Time that the message was published (in UTC)

  • Message ID

  • Destination phone number

  • Message type

  • Delivery status

  • Message price (in USD)

  • Part number (a message is split into multiple parts if it is too long for a single message)

  • Total number of parts

To receive the report, the bucket must have a policy that allows the Amazon SNS service principal to perform the s3:PutObject and s3:GetBucketLocation actions.

For an example bucket policy and usage report, see Monitoring SMS Activity in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide.


Allows a subscription owner to set an attribute of the subscription to a new value

Description

Allows a subscription owner to set an attribute of the subscription to a new value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_set_subscription_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_set_subscription_attributes(
  SubscriptionArn,
  AttributeName,
  AttributeValue = NULL
)

Arguments

SubscriptionArn

[required] The ARN of the subscription to modify.

AttributeName

[required] A map of attributes with their corresponding values.

The following lists the names, descriptions, and values of the special request parameters that this action uses:

  • DeliveryPolicy – The policy that defines how Amazon SNS retries failed deliveries to HTTP/S endpoints.

  • FilterPolicy – The simple JSON object that lets your subscriber receive only a subset of messages, rather than receiving every message published to the topic.

  • FilterPolicyScope – This attribute lets you choose the filtering scope by using one of the following string value types:

    • MessageAttributes (default) – The filter is applied on the message attributes.

    • MessageBody – The filter is applied on the message body.

  • RawMessageDelivery – When set to true, enables raw message delivery to Amazon SQS or HTTP/S endpoints. This eliminates the need for the endpoints to process JSON formatting, which is otherwise created for Amazon SNS metadata.

  • RedrivePolicy – When specified, sends undeliverable messages to the specified Amazon SQS dead-letter queue. Messages that can't be delivered due to client errors (for example, when the subscribed endpoint is unreachable) or server errors (for example, when the service that powers the subscribed endpoint becomes unavailable) are held in the dead-letter queue for further analysis or reprocessing.

The following attribute applies only to Amazon Data Firehose delivery stream subscriptions:

  • SubscriptionRoleArn – The ARN of the IAM role that has the following:

    • Permission to write to the Firehose delivery stream

    • Amazon SNS listed as a trusted entity

    Specifying a valid ARN for this attribute is required for Firehose delivery stream subscriptions. For more information, see Fanout to Firehose delivery streams in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide.

AttributeValue

The new value for the attribute in JSON format.


Allows a topic owner to set an attribute of the topic to a new value

Description

Allows a topic owner to set an attribute of the topic to a new value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_set_topic_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_set_topic_attributes(TopicArn, AttributeName, AttributeValue = NULL)

Arguments

TopicArn

[required] The ARN of the topic to modify.

AttributeName

[required] A map of attributes with their corresponding values.

The following lists the names, descriptions, and values of the special request parameters that the set_topic_attributes action uses:

  • ApplicationSuccessFeedbackRoleArn – Indicates failed message delivery status for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to a platform application endpoint.

  • DeliveryPolicy – The policy that defines how Amazon SNS retries failed deliveries to HTTP/S endpoints.

  • DisplayName – The display name to use for a topic with SMS subscriptions.

  • Policy – The policy that defines who can access your topic. By default, only the topic owner can publish or subscribe to the topic.

  • TracingConfig – Tracing mode of an Amazon SNS topic. By default TracingConfig is set to PassThrough, and the topic passes through the tracing header it receives from an Amazon SNS publisher to its subscriptions. If set to Active, Amazon SNS will vend X-Ray segment data to topic owner account if the sampled flag in the tracing header is true. This is only supported on standard topics.

  • HTTP

    • HTTPSuccessFeedbackRoleArn – Indicates successful message delivery status for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an HTTP endpoint.

    • HTTPSuccessFeedbackSampleRate – Indicates percentage of successful messages to sample for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an HTTP endpoint.

    • HTTPFailureFeedbackRoleArn – Indicates failed message delivery status for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an HTTP endpoint.

  • Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose

    • FirehoseSuccessFeedbackRoleArn – Indicates successful message delivery status for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose endpoint.

    • FirehoseSuccessFeedbackSampleRate – Indicates percentage of successful messages to sample for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose endpoint.

    • FirehoseFailureFeedbackRoleArn – Indicates failed message delivery status for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose endpoint.

  • Lambda

    • LambdaSuccessFeedbackRoleArn – Indicates successful message delivery status for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an Lambda endpoint.

    • LambdaSuccessFeedbackSampleRate – Indicates percentage of successful messages to sample for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an Lambda endpoint.

    • LambdaFailureFeedbackRoleArn – Indicates failed message delivery status for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an Lambda endpoint.

  • Platform application endpoint

    • ApplicationSuccessFeedbackRoleArn – Indicates successful message delivery status for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an Amazon Web Services application endpoint.

    • ApplicationSuccessFeedbackSampleRate – Indicates percentage of successful messages to sample for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an Amazon Web Services application endpoint.

    • ApplicationFailureFeedbackRoleArn – Indicates failed message delivery status for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an Amazon Web Services application endpoint.

    In addition to being able to configure topic attributes for message delivery status of notification messages sent to Amazon SNS application endpoints, you can also configure application attributes for the delivery status of push notification messages sent to push notification services.

    For example, For more information, see Using Amazon SNS Application Attributes for Message Delivery Status.

  • Amazon SQS

    • SQSSuccessFeedbackRoleArn – Indicates successful message delivery status for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an Amazon SQS endpoint.

    • SQSSuccessFeedbackSampleRate – Indicates percentage of successful messages to sample for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an Amazon SQS endpoint.

    • SQSFailureFeedbackRoleArn – Indicates failed message delivery status for an Amazon SNS topic that is subscribed to an Amazon SQS endpoint.

The \<ENDPOINT\>SuccessFeedbackRoleArn and \<ENDPOINT\>FailureFeedbackRoleArn attributes are used to give Amazon SNS write access to use CloudWatch Logs on your behalf. The \<ENDPOINT\>SuccessFeedbackSampleRate attribute is for specifying the sample rate percentage (0-100) of successfully delivered messages. After you configure the \<ENDPOINT\>FailureFeedbackRoleArn attribute, then all failed message deliveries generate CloudWatch Logs.

The following attribute applies only to server-side-encryption:

  • KmsMasterKeyId – The ID of an Amazon Web Services managed customer master key (CMK) for Amazon SNS or a custom CMK. For more information, see Key Terms. For more examples, see KeyId in the Key Management Service API Reference.

  • SignatureVersion – The signature version corresponds to the hashing algorithm used while creating the signature of the notifications, subscription confirmations, or unsubscribe confirmation messages sent by Amazon SNS. By default, SignatureVersion is set to 1.

The following attribute applies only to FIFO topics:

  • ArchivePolicy – The policy that sets the retention period for messages stored in the message archive of an Amazon SNS FIFO topic.

  • ContentBasedDeduplication – Enables content-based deduplication for FIFO topics.

    • By default, ContentBasedDeduplication is set to false. If you create a FIFO topic and this attribute is false, you must specify a value for the MessageDeduplicationId parameter for the publish action.

    • When you set ContentBasedDeduplication to true, Amazon SNS uses a SHA-256 hash to generate the MessageDeduplicationId using the body of the message (but not the attributes of the message).

      (Optional) To override the generated value, you can specify a value for the MessageDeduplicationId parameter for the publish action.

  • FifoThroughputScope – Enables higher throughput for your FIFO topic by adjusting the scope of deduplication. This attribute has two possible values:

    • Topic – The scope of message deduplication is across the entire topic. This is the default value and maintains existing behavior, with a maximum throughput of 3000 messages per second or 20MB per second, whichever comes first.

    • MessageGroup – The scope of deduplication is within each individual message group, which enables higher throughput per topic subject to regional quotas. For more information on quotas or to request an increase, see Amazon SNS service quotas in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

AttributeValue

The new value for the attribute.


Subscribes an endpoint to an Amazon SNS topic

Description

Subscribes an endpoint to an Amazon SNS topic. If the endpoint type is HTTP/S or email, or if the endpoint and the topic are not in the same Amazon Web Services account, the endpoint owner must run the confirm_subscription action to confirm the subscription.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_subscribe/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_subscribe(
  TopicArn,
  Protocol,
  Endpoint = NULL,
  Attributes = NULL,
  ReturnSubscriptionArn = NULL
)

Arguments

TopicArn

[required] The ARN of the topic you want to subscribe to.

Protocol

[required] The protocol that you want to use. Supported protocols include:

  • http – delivery of JSON-encoded message via HTTP POST

  • https – delivery of JSON-encoded message via HTTPS POST

  • email – delivery of message via SMTP

  • email-json – delivery of JSON-encoded message via SMTP

  • sms – delivery of message via SMS

  • sqs – delivery of JSON-encoded message to an Amazon SQS queue

  • application – delivery of JSON-encoded message to an EndpointArn for a mobile app and device

  • lambda – delivery of JSON-encoded message to an Lambda function

  • firehose – delivery of JSON-encoded message to an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream.

Endpoint

The endpoint that you want to receive notifications. Endpoints vary by protocol:

  • For the http protocol, the (public) endpoint is a URL beginning with ⁠http://⁠.

  • For the https protocol, the (public) endpoint is a URL beginning with ⁠https://⁠.

  • For the email protocol, the endpoint is an email address.

  • For the email-json protocol, the endpoint is an email address.

  • For the sms protocol, the endpoint is a phone number of an SMS-enabled device.

  • For the sqs protocol, the endpoint is the ARN of an Amazon SQS queue.

  • For the application protocol, the endpoint is the EndpointArn of a mobile app and device.

  • For the lambda protocol, the endpoint is the ARN of an Lambda function.

  • For the firehose protocol, the endpoint is the ARN of an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream.

Attributes

A map of attributes with their corresponding values.

The following lists the names, descriptions, and values of the special request parameters that the subscribe action uses:

  • DeliveryPolicy – The policy that defines how Amazon SNS retries failed deliveries to HTTP/S endpoints.

  • FilterPolicy – The simple JSON object that lets your subscriber receive only a subset of messages, rather than receiving every message published to the topic.

  • FilterPolicyScope – This attribute lets you choose the filtering scope by using one of the following string value types:

    • MessageAttributes (default) – The filter is applied on the message attributes.

    • MessageBody – The filter is applied on the message body.

  • RawMessageDelivery – When set to true, enables raw message delivery to Amazon SQS or HTTP/S endpoints. This eliminates the need for the endpoints to process JSON formatting, which is otherwise created for Amazon SNS metadata.

  • RedrivePolicy – When specified, sends undeliverable messages to the specified Amazon SQS dead-letter queue. Messages that can't be delivered due to client errors (for example, when the subscribed endpoint is unreachable) or server errors (for example, when the service that powers the subscribed endpoint becomes unavailable) are held in the dead-letter queue for further analysis or reprocessing.

The following attribute applies only to Amazon Data Firehose delivery stream subscriptions:

  • SubscriptionRoleArn – The ARN of the IAM role that has the following:

    • Permission to write to the Firehose delivery stream

    • Amazon SNS listed as a trusted entity

    Specifying a valid ARN for this attribute is required for Firehose delivery stream subscriptions. For more information, see Fanout to Firehose delivery streams in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide.

The following attributes apply only to FIFO topics:

  • ReplayPolicy – Adds or updates an inline policy document for a subscription to replay messages stored in the specified Amazon SNS topic.

  • ReplayStatus – Retrieves the status of the subscription message replay, which can be one of the following:

    • Completed – The replay has successfully redelivered all messages, and is now delivering newly published messages. If an ending point was specified in the ReplayPolicy then the subscription will no longer receive newly published messages.

    • ⁠In progress⁠ – The replay is currently replaying the selected messages.

    • Failed – The replay was unable to complete.

    • Pending – The default state while the replay initiates.

ReturnSubscriptionArn

Sets whether the response from the subscribe request includes the subscription ARN, even if the subscription is not yet confirmed.

If you set this parameter to true, the response includes the ARN in all cases, even if the subscription is not yet confirmed. In addition to the ARN for confirmed subscriptions, the response also includes the ⁠pending subscription⁠ ARN value for subscriptions that aren't yet confirmed. A subscription becomes confirmed when the subscriber calls the confirm_subscription action with a confirmation token.

The default value is false.


Add tags to the specified Amazon SNS topic

Description

Add tags to the specified Amazon SNS topic. For an overview, see Amazon SNS Tags in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the topic to which to add tags.

Tags

[required] The tags to be added to the specified topic. A tag consists of a required key and an optional value.


Deletes a subscription

Description

Deletes a subscription. If the subscription requires authentication for deletion, only the owner of the subscription or the topic's owner can unsubscribe, and an Amazon Web Services signature is required. If the unsubscribe call does not require authentication and the requester is not the subscription owner, a final cancellation message is delivered to the endpoint, so that the endpoint owner can easily resubscribe to the topic if the unsubscribe request was unintended.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_unsubscribe/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_unsubscribe(SubscriptionArn)

Arguments

SubscriptionArn

[required] The ARN of the subscription to be deleted.


Remove tags from the specified Amazon SNS topic

Description

Remove tags from the specified Amazon SNS topic. For an overview, see Amazon SNS Tags in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the topic from which to remove tags.

TagKeys

[required] The list of tag keys to remove from the specified topic.


Verifies a destination phone number with a one-time password (OTP) for the calling Amazon Web Services account

Description

Verifies a destination phone number with a one-time password (OTP) for the calling Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sns_verify_sms_sandbox_phone_number/ for full documentation.

Usage

sns_verify_sms_sandbox_phone_number(PhoneNumber, OneTimePassword)

Arguments

PhoneNumber

[required] The destination phone number to verify.

OneTimePassword

[required] The OTP sent to the destination number from the CreateSMSSandBoxPhoneNumber call.


Amazon Simple Queue Service

Description

Welcome to the Amazon SQS API Reference.

Amazon SQS is a reliable, highly-scalable hosted queue for storing messages as they travel between applications or microservices. Amazon SQS moves data between distributed application components and helps you decouple these components.

For information on the permissions you need to use this API, see Identity and access management in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

You can use Amazon Web Services SDKs to access Amazon SQS using your favorite programming language. The SDKs perform tasks such as the following automatically:

Additional information

Usage

sqs(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- sqs(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_permission Adds a permission to a queue for a specific principal
cancel_message_move_task Cancels a specified message movement task
change_message_visibility Changes the visibility timeout of a specified message in a queue to a new value
change_message_visibility_batch Changes the visibility timeout of multiple messages
create_queue Creates a new standard or FIFO queue
delete_message Deletes the specified message from the specified queue
delete_message_batch Deletes up to ten messages from the specified queue
delete_queue Deletes the queue specified by the QueueUrl, regardless of the queue's contents
get_queue_attributes Gets attributes for the specified queue
get_queue_url The GetQueueUrl API returns the URL of an existing Amazon SQS queue
list_dead_letter_source_queues Returns a list of your queues that have the RedrivePolicy queue attribute configured with a dead-letter queue
list_message_move_tasks Gets the most recent message movement tasks (up to 10) under a specific source queue
list_queues Returns a list of your queues in the current region
list_queue_tags List all cost allocation tags added to the specified Amazon SQS queue
purge_queue Deletes available messages in a queue (including in-flight messages) specified by the QueueURL parameter
receive_message Retrieves one or more messages (up to 10), from the specified queue
remove_permission Revokes any permissions in the queue policy that matches the specified Label parameter
send_message Delivers a message to the specified queue
send_message_batch You can use SendMessageBatch to send up to 10 messages to the specified queue by assigning either identical or different values to each message (or by not assigning values at all)
set_queue_attributes Sets the value of one or more queue attributes, like a policy
start_message_move_task Starts an asynchronous task to move messages from a specified source queue to a specified destination queue
tag_queue Add cost allocation tags to the specified Amazon SQS queue
untag_queue Remove cost allocation tags from the specified Amazon SQS queue

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- sqs()
svc$add_permission(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds a permission to a queue for a specific principal

Description

Adds a permission to a queue for a specific principal. This allows sharing access to the queue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_add_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_add_permission(QueueUrl, Label, AWSAccountIds, Actions)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to which permissions are added.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

Label

[required] The unique identification of the permission you're setting (for example, AliceSendMessage). Maximum 80 characters. Allowed characters include alphanumeric characters, hyphens (-), and underscores (⁠_⁠).

AWSAccountIds

[required] The Amazon Web Services account numbers of the principals who are to receive permission. For information about locating the Amazon Web Services account identification, see Your Amazon Web Services Identifiers in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

Actions

[required] The action the client wants to allow for the specified principal. Valid values: the name of any action or *.

For more information about these actions, see Overview of Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon Simple Queue Service Resource in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

Specifying send_message, delete_message, or change_message_visibility for ActionName.n also grants permissions for the corresponding batch versions of those actions: send_message_batch, delete_message_batch, and change_message_visibility_batch.


Cancels a specified message movement task

Description

Cancels a specified message movement task. A message movement can only be cancelled when the current status is RUNNING. Cancelling a message movement task does not revert the messages that have already been moved. It can only stop the messages that have not been moved yet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_cancel_message_move_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_cancel_message_move_task(TaskHandle)

Arguments

TaskHandle

[required] An identifier associated with a message movement task.


Changes the visibility timeout of a specified message in a queue to a new value

Description

Changes the visibility timeout of a specified message in a queue to a new value. The default visibility timeout for a message is 30 seconds. The minimum is 0 seconds. The maximum is 12 hours. For more information, see Visibility Timeout in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_change_message_visibility/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_change_message_visibility(QueueUrl, ReceiptHandle, VisibilityTimeout)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the Amazon SQS queue whose message's visibility is changed.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

ReceiptHandle

[required] The receipt handle associated with the message, whose visibility timeout is changed. This parameter is returned by the receive_message action.

VisibilityTimeout

[required] The new value for the message's visibility timeout (in seconds). Values range: 0 to 43200. Maximum: 12 hours.


Changes the visibility timeout of multiple messages

Description

Changes the visibility timeout of multiple messages. This is a batch version of ChangeMessageVisibility. The result of the action on each message is reported individually in the response. You can send up to 10 change_message_visibility requests with each change_message_visibility_batch action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_change_message_visibility_batch/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_change_message_visibility_batch(QueueUrl, Entries)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the Amazon SQS queue whose messages' visibility is changed.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

Entries

[required] Lists the receipt handles of the messages for which the visibility timeout must be changed.


Creates a new standard or FIFO queue

Description

Creates a new standard or FIFO queue. You can pass one or more attributes in the request. Keep the following in mind:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_create_queue/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_create_queue(QueueName, Attributes = NULL, tags = NULL)

Arguments

QueueName

[required] The name of the new queue. The following limits apply to this name:

  • A queue name can have up to 80 characters.

  • Valid values: alphanumeric characters, hyphens (-), and underscores (⁠_⁠).

  • A FIFO queue name must end with the .fifo suffix.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

Attributes

A map of attributes with their corresponding values.

The following lists the names, descriptions, and values of the special request parameters that the create_queue action uses:

  • DelaySeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which the delivery of all messages in the queue is delayed. Valid values: An integer from 0 to 900 seconds (15 minutes). Default: 0.

  • MaximumMessageSize – The limit of how many bytes a message can contain before Amazon SQS rejects it. Valid values: An integer from 1,024 bytes (1 KiB) to 262,144 bytes (256 KiB). Default: 262,144 (256 KiB).

  • MessageRetentionPeriod – The length of time, in seconds, for which Amazon SQS retains a message. Valid values: An integer from 60 seconds (1 minute) to 1,209,600 seconds (14 days). Default: 345,600 (4 days). When you change a queue's attributes, the change can take up to 60 seconds for most of the attributes to propagate throughout the Amazon SQS system. Changes made to the MessageRetentionPeriod attribute can take up to 15 minutes and will impact existing messages in the queue potentially causing them to be expired and deleted if the MessageRetentionPeriod is reduced below the age of existing messages.

  • Policy – The queue's policy. A valid Amazon Web Services policy. For more information about policy structure, see Overview of Amazon Web Services IAM Policies in the IAM User Guide.

  • ReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which a receive_message action waits for a message to arrive. Valid values: An integer from 0 to 20 (seconds). Default: 0.

  • VisibilityTimeout – The visibility timeout for the queue, in seconds. Valid values: An integer from 0 to 43,200 (12 hours). Default: 30. For more information about the visibility timeout, see Visibility Timeout in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

The following attributes apply only to dead-letter queues:

  • RedrivePolicy – The string that includes the parameters for the dead-letter queue functionality of the source queue as a JSON object. The parameters are as follows:

    • deadLetterTargetArn – The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the dead-letter queue to which Amazon SQS moves messages after the value of maxReceiveCount is exceeded.

    • maxReceiveCount – The number of times a message is delivered to the source queue before being moved to the dead-letter queue. Default: 10. When the ReceiveCount for a message exceeds the maxReceiveCount for a queue, Amazon SQS moves the message to the dead-letter-queue.

  • RedriveAllowPolicy – The string that includes the parameters for the permissions for the dead-letter queue redrive permission and which source queues can specify dead-letter queues as a JSON object. The parameters are as follows:

    • redrivePermission – The permission type that defines which source queues can specify the current queue as the dead-letter queue. Valid values are:

      • allowAll – (Default) Any source queues in this Amazon Web Services account in the same Region can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue.

      • denyAll – No source queues can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue.

      • byQueue – Only queues specified by the sourceQueueArns parameter can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue.

    • sourceQueueArns – The Amazon Resource Names (ARN)s of the source queues that can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue and redrive messages. You can specify this parameter only when the redrivePermission parameter is set to byQueue. You can specify up to 10 source queue ARNs. To allow more than 10 source queues to specify dead-letter queues, set the redrivePermission parameter to allowAll.

The dead-letter queue of a FIFO queue must also be a FIFO queue. Similarly, the dead-letter queue of a standard queue must also be a standard queue.

The following attributes apply only to server-side-encryption:

  • KmsMasterKeyId – The ID of an Amazon Web Services managed customer master key (CMK) for Amazon SQS or a custom CMK. For more information, see Key Terms. While the alias of the Amazon Web Services managed CMK for Amazon SQS is always alias/aws/sqs, the alias of a custom CMK can, for example, be alias/MyAlias . For more examples, see KeyId in the Key Management Service API Reference.

  • KmsDataKeyReusePeriodSeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which Amazon SQS can reuse a data key to encrypt or decrypt messages before calling KMS again. An integer representing seconds, between 60 seconds (1 minute) and 86,400 seconds (24 hours). Default: 300 (5 minutes). A shorter time period provides better security but results in more calls to KMS which might incur charges after Free Tier. For more information, see How Does the Data Key Reuse Period Work?

  • SqsManagedSseEnabled – Enables server-side queue encryption using SQS owned encryption keys. Only one server-side encryption option is supported per queue (for example, SSE-KMS or SSE-SQS).

The following attributes apply only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues:

  • FifoQueue – Designates a queue as FIFO. Valid values are true and false. If you don't specify the FifoQueue attribute, Amazon SQS creates a standard queue. You can provide this attribute only during queue creation. You can't change it for an existing queue. When you set this attribute, you must also provide the MessageGroupId for your messages explicitly.

    For more information, see FIFO queue logic in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

  • ContentBasedDeduplication – Enables content-based deduplication. Valid values are true and false. For more information, see Exactly-once processing in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. Note the following:

    • Every message must have a unique MessageDeduplicationId.

      • You may provide a MessageDeduplicationId explicitly.

      • If you aren't able to provide a MessageDeduplicationId and you enable ContentBasedDeduplication for your queue, Amazon SQS uses a SHA-256 hash to generate the MessageDeduplicationId using the body of the message (but not the attributes of the message).

      • If you don't provide a MessageDeduplicationId and the queue doesn't have ContentBasedDeduplication set, the action fails with an error.

      • If the queue has ContentBasedDeduplication set, your MessageDeduplicationId overrides the generated one.

    • When ContentBasedDeduplication is in effect, messages with identical content sent within the deduplication interval are treated as duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered.

    • If you send one message with ContentBasedDeduplication enabled and then another message with a MessageDeduplicationId that is the same as the one generated for the first MessageDeduplicationId, the two messages are treated as duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered.

The following attributes apply only to high throughput for FIFO queues:

  • DeduplicationScope – Specifies whether message deduplication occurs at the message group or queue level. Valid values are messageGroup and queue.

  • FifoThroughputLimit – Specifies whether the FIFO queue throughput quota applies to the entire queue or per message group. Valid values are perQueue and perMessageGroupId. The perMessageGroupId value is allowed only when the value for DeduplicationScope is messageGroup.

To enable high throughput for FIFO queues, do the following:

  • Set DeduplicationScope to messageGroup.

  • Set FifoThroughputLimit to perMessageGroupId.

If you set these attributes to anything other than the values shown for enabling high throughput, normal throughput is in effect and deduplication occurs as specified.

For information on throughput quotas, see Quotas related to messages in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

tags

Add cost allocation tags to the specified Amazon SQS queue. For an overview, see Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

When you use queue tags, keep the following guidelines in mind:

  • Adding more than 50 tags to a queue isn't recommended.

  • Tags don't have any semantic meaning. Amazon SQS interprets tags as character strings.

  • Tags are case-sensitive.

  • A new tag with a key identical to that of an existing tag overwrites the existing tag.

For a full list of tag restrictions, see Quotas related to queues in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

To be able to tag a queue on creation, you must have the sqs:CreateQueue and sqs:TagQueue permissions.

Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, see Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.


Deletes the specified message from the specified queue

Description

Deletes the specified message from the specified queue. To select the message to delete, use the ReceiptHandle of the message (not the MessageId which you receive when you send the message). Amazon SQS can delete a message from a queue even if a visibility timeout setting causes the message to be locked by another consumer. Amazon SQS automatically deletes messages left in a queue longer than the retention period configured for the queue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_delete_message/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_delete_message(QueueUrl, ReceiptHandle)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the Amazon SQS queue from which messages are deleted.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

ReceiptHandle

[required] The receipt handle associated with the message to delete.


Deletes up to ten messages from the specified queue

Description

Deletes up to ten messages from the specified queue. This is a batch version of DeleteMessage. The result of the action on each message is reported individually in the response.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_delete_message_batch/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_delete_message_batch(QueueUrl, Entries)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the Amazon SQS queue from which messages are deleted.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

Entries

[required] Lists the receipt handles for the messages to be deleted.


Deletes the queue specified by the QueueUrl, regardless of the queue's contents

Description

Deletes the queue specified by the QueueUrl, regardless of the queue's contents.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_delete_queue/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_delete_queue(QueueUrl)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to delete.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.


Gets attributes for the specified queue

Description

Gets attributes for the specified queue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_get_queue_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_get_queue_attributes(QueueUrl, AttributeNames = NULL)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the Amazon SQS queue whose attribute information is retrieved.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

AttributeNames

A list of attributes for which to retrieve information.

The AttributeNames parameter is optional, but if you don't specify values for this parameter, the request returns empty results.

In the future, new attributes might be added. If you write code that calls this action, we recommend that you structure your code so that it can handle new attributes gracefully.

The following attributes are supported:

The ApproximateNumberOfMessagesDelayed, ApproximateNumberOfMessagesNotVisible, and ApproximateNumberOfMessages metrics may not achieve consistency until at least 1 minute after the producers stop sending messages. This period is required for the queue metadata to reach eventual consistency.

  • All – Returns all values.

  • ApproximateNumberOfMessages – Returns the approximate number of messages available for retrieval from the queue.

  • ApproximateNumberOfMessagesDelayed – Returns the approximate number of messages in the queue that are delayed and not available for reading immediately. This can happen when the queue is configured as a delay queue or when a message has been sent with a delay parameter.

  • ApproximateNumberOfMessagesNotVisible – Returns the approximate number of messages that are in flight. Messages are considered to be in flight if they have been sent to a client but have not yet been deleted or have not yet reached the end of their visibility window.

  • CreatedTimestamp – Returns the time when the queue was created in seconds (epoch time).

  • DelaySeconds – Returns the default delay on the queue in seconds.

  • LastModifiedTimestamp – Returns the time when the queue was last changed in seconds (epoch time).

  • MaximumMessageSize – Returns the limit of how many bytes a message can contain before Amazon SQS rejects it.

  • MessageRetentionPeriod – Returns the length of time, in seconds, for which Amazon SQS retains a message. When you change a queue's attributes, the change can take up to 60 seconds for most of the attributes to propagate throughout the Amazon SQS system. Changes made to the MessageRetentionPeriod attribute can take up to 15 minutes and will impact existing messages in the queue potentially causing them to be expired and deleted if the MessageRetentionPeriod is reduced below the age of existing messages.

  • Policy – Returns the policy of the queue.

  • QueueArn – Returns the Amazon resource name (ARN) of the queue.

  • ReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds – Returns the length of time, in seconds, for which the receive_message action waits for a message to arrive.

  • VisibilityTimeout – Returns the visibility timeout for the queue. For more information about the visibility timeout, see Visibility Timeout in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

The following attributes apply only to dead-letter queues:

  • RedrivePolicy – The string that includes the parameters for the dead-letter queue functionality of the source queue as a JSON object. The parameters are as follows:

    • deadLetterTargetArn – The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the dead-letter queue to which Amazon SQS moves messages after the value of maxReceiveCount is exceeded.

    • maxReceiveCount – The number of times a message is delivered to the source queue before being moved to the dead-letter queue. Default: 10. When the ReceiveCount for a message exceeds the maxReceiveCount for a queue, Amazon SQS moves the message to the dead-letter-queue.

  • RedriveAllowPolicy – The string that includes the parameters for the permissions for the dead-letter queue redrive permission and which source queues can specify dead-letter queues as a JSON object. The parameters are as follows:

    • redrivePermission – The permission type that defines which source queues can specify the current queue as the dead-letter queue. Valid values are:

      • allowAll – (Default) Any source queues in this Amazon Web Services account in the same Region can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue.

      • denyAll – No source queues can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue.

      • byQueue – Only queues specified by the sourceQueueArns parameter can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue.

    • sourceQueueArns – The Amazon Resource Names (ARN)s of the source queues that can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue and redrive messages. You can specify this parameter only when the redrivePermission parameter is set to byQueue. You can specify up to 10 source queue ARNs. To allow more than 10 source queues to specify dead-letter queues, set the redrivePermission parameter to allowAll.

The dead-letter queue of a FIFO queue must also be a FIFO queue. Similarly, the dead-letter queue of a standard queue must also be a standard queue.

The following attributes apply only to server-side-encryption:

  • KmsMasterKeyId – Returns the ID of an Amazon Web Services managed customer master key (CMK) for Amazon SQS or a custom CMK. For more information, see Key Terms.

  • KmsDataKeyReusePeriodSeconds – Returns the length of time, in seconds, for which Amazon SQS can reuse a data key to encrypt or decrypt messages before calling KMS again. For more information, see How Does the Data Key Reuse Period Work?.

  • SqsManagedSseEnabled – Returns information about whether the queue is using SSE-SQS encryption using SQS owned encryption keys. Only one server-side encryption option is supported per queue (for example, SSE-KMS or SSE-SQS).

The following attributes apply only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues:

  • FifoQueue – Returns information about whether the queue is FIFO. For more information, see FIFO queue logic in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

    To determine whether a queue is FIFO, you can check whether QueueName ends with the .fifo suffix.

  • ContentBasedDeduplication – Returns whether content-based deduplication is enabled for the queue. For more information, see Exactly-once processing in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

The following attributes apply only to high throughput for FIFO queues:

  • DeduplicationScope – Specifies whether message deduplication occurs at the message group or queue level. Valid values are messageGroup and queue.

  • FifoThroughputLimit – Specifies whether the FIFO queue throughput quota applies to the entire queue or per message group. Valid values are perQueue and perMessageGroupId. The perMessageGroupId value is allowed only when the value for DeduplicationScope is messageGroup.

To enable high throughput for FIFO queues, do the following:

  • Set DeduplicationScope to messageGroup.

  • Set FifoThroughputLimit to perMessageGroupId.

If you set these attributes to anything other than the values shown for enabling high throughput, normal throughput is in effect and deduplication occurs as specified.

For information on throughput quotas, see Quotas related to messages in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.


The GetQueueUrl API returns the URL of an existing Amazon SQS queue

Description

The get_queue_url API returns the URL of an existing Amazon SQS queue. This is useful when you know the queue's name but need to retrieve its URL for further operations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_get_queue_url/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_get_queue_url(QueueName, QueueOwnerAWSAccountId = NULL)

Arguments

QueueName

[required] (Required) The name of the queue for which you want to fetch the URL. The name can be up to 80 characters long and can include alphanumeric characters, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

QueueOwnerAWSAccountId

(Optional) The Amazon Web Services account ID of the account that created the queue. This is only required when you are attempting to access a queue owned by another Amazon Web Services account.


Returns a list of your queues that have the RedrivePolicy queue attribute configured with a dead-letter queue

Description

Returns a list of your queues that have the RedrivePolicy queue attribute configured with a dead-letter queue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_list_dead_letter_source_queues/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_list_dead_letter_source_queues(
  QueueUrl,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of a dead-letter queue.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

NextToken

Pagination token to request the next set of results.

MaxResults

Maximum number of results to include in the response. Value range is 1 to 1000. You must set MaxResults to receive a value for NextToken in the response.


Gets the most recent message movement tasks (up to 10) under a specific source queue

Description

Gets the most recent message movement tasks (up to 10) under a specific source queue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_list_message_move_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_list_message_move_tasks(SourceArn, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

SourceArn

[required] The ARN of the queue whose message movement tasks are to be listed.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in the response. The default is 1, which provides the most recent message movement task. The upper limit is 10.


List all cost allocation tags added to the specified Amazon SQS queue

Description

List all cost allocation tags added to the specified Amazon SQS queue. For an overview, see Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_list_queue_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_list_queue_tags(QueueUrl)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the queue.


Returns a list of your queues in the current region

Description

Returns a list of your queues in the current region. The response includes a maximum of 1,000 results. If you specify a value for the optional QueueNamePrefix parameter, only queues with a name that begins with the specified value are returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_list_queues/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_list_queues(QueueNamePrefix = NULL, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

QueueNamePrefix

A string to use for filtering the list results. Only those queues whose name begins with the specified string are returned.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

NextToken

Pagination token to request the next set of results.

MaxResults

Maximum number of results to include in the response. Value range is 1 to 1000. You must set MaxResults to receive a value for NextToken in the response.


Deletes available messages in a queue (including in-flight messages) specified by the QueueURL parameter

Description

Deletes available messages in a queue (including in-flight messages) specified by the QueueURL parameter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_purge_queue/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_purge_queue(QueueUrl)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the queue from which the purge_queue action deletes messages.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.


Retrieves one or more messages (up to 10), from the specified queue

Description

Retrieves one or more messages (up to 10), from the specified queue. Using the WaitTimeSeconds parameter enables long-poll support. For more information, see Amazon SQS Long Polling in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_receive_message/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_receive_message(
  QueueUrl,
  AttributeNames = NULL,
  MessageSystemAttributeNames = NULL,
  MessageAttributeNames = NULL,
  MaxNumberOfMessages = NULL,
  VisibilityTimeout = NULL,
  WaitTimeSeconds = NULL,
  ReceiveRequestAttemptId = NULL
)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the Amazon SQS queue from which messages are received.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

AttributeNames

This parameter has been discontinued but will be supported for backward compatibility. To provide attribute names, you are encouraged to use MessageSystemAttributeNames.

A list of attributes that need to be returned along with each message. These attributes include:

  • All – Returns all values.

  • ApproximateFirstReceiveTimestamp – Returns the time the message was first received from the queue (epoch time in milliseconds).

  • ApproximateReceiveCount – Returns the number of times a message has been received across all queues but not deleted.

  • AWSTraceHeader – Returns the X-Ray trace header string.

  • SenderId

    • For a user, returns the user ID, for example ABCDEFGHI1JKLMNOPQ23R.

    • For an IAM role, returns the IAM role ID, for example ABCDE1F2GH3I4JK5LMNOP:i-a123b456.

  • SentTimestamp – Returns the time the message was sent to the queue (epoch time in milliseconds).

  • SqsManagedSseEnabled – Enables server-side queue encryption using SQS owned encryption keys. Only one server-side encryption option is supported per queue (for example, SSE-KMS or SSE-SQS).

  • MessageDeduplicationId – Returns the value provided by the producer that calls the send_message action.

  • MessageGroupId – Returns the value provided by the producer that calls the send_message action. Messages with the same MessageGroupId are returned in sequence.

  • SequenceNumber – Returns the value provided by Amazon SQS.

MessageSystemAttributeNames

A list of attributes that need to be returned along with each message. These attributes include:

  • All – Returns all values.

  • ApproximateFirstReceiveTimestamp – Returns the time the message was first received from the queue (epoch time in milliseconds).

  • ApproximateReceiveCount – Returns the number of times a message has been received across all queues but not deleted.

  • AWSTraceHeader – Returns the X-Ray trace header string.

  • SenderId

    • For a user, returns the user ID, for example ABCDEFGHI1JKLMNOPQ23R.

    • For an IAM role, returns the IAM role ID, for example ABCDE1F2GH3I4JK5LMNOP:i-a123b456.

  • SentTimestamp – Returns the time the message was sent to the queue (epoch time in milliseconds).

  • SqsManagedSseEnabled – Enables server-side queue encryption using SQS owned encryption keys. Only one server-side encryption option is supported per queue (for example, SSE-KMS or SSE-SQS).

  • MessageDeduplicationId – Returns the value provided by the producer that calls the send_message action.

  • MessageGroupId – Returns the value provided by the producer that calls the send_message action. Messages with the same MessageGroupId are returned in sequence.

  • SequenceNumber – Returns the value provided by Amazon SQS.

MessageAttributeNames

The name of the message attribute, where N is the index.

  • The name can contain alphanumeric characters and the underscore (⁠_⁠), hyphen (-), and period (.).

  • The name is case-sensitive and must be unique among all attribute names for the message.

  • The name must not start with AWS-reserved prefixes such as AWS. or Amazon. (or any casing variants).

  • The name must not start or end with a period (.), and it should not have periods in succession (..).

  • The name can be up to 256 characters long.

When using receive_message, you can send a list of attribute names to receive, or you can return all of the attributes by specifying All or ⁠.*⁠ in your request. You can also use all message attributes starting with a prefix, for example ⁠bar.*⁠.

MaxNumberOfMessages

The maximum number of messages to return. Amazon SQS never returns more messages than this value (however, fewer messages might be returned). Valid values: 1 to 10. Default: 1.

VisibilityTimeout

The duration (in seconds) that the received messages are hidden from subsequent retrieve requests after being retrieved by a receive_message request. If not specified, the default visibility timeout for the queue is used, which is 30 seconds.

Understanding VisibilityTimeout:

  • When a message is received from a queue, it becomes temporarily invisible to other consumers for the duration of the visibility timeout. This prevents multiple consumers from processing the same message simultaneously. If the message is not deleted or its visibility timeout is not extended before the timeout expires, it becomes visible again and can be retrieved by other consumers.

  • Setting an appropriate visibility timeout is crucial. If it's too short, the message might become visible again before processing is complete, leading to duplicate processing. If it's too long, it delays the reprocessing of messages if the initial processing fails.

  • You can adjust the visibility timeout using the --visibility-timeout parameter in the receive-message command to match the processing time required by your application.

  • A message that isn't deleted or a message whose visibility isn't extended before the visibility timeout expires counts as a failed receive. Depending on the configuration of the queue, the message might be sent to the dead-letter queue.

For more information, see Visibility Timeout in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

WaitTimeSeconds

The duration (in seconds) for which the call waits for a message to arrive in the queue before returning. If a message is available, the call returns sooner than WaitTimeSeconds. If no messages are available and the wait time expires, the call does not return a message list. If you are using the Java SDK, it returns a ReceiveMessageResponse object, which has a empty list instead of a Null object.

To avoid HTTP errors, ensure that the HTTP response timeout for receive_message requests is longer than the WaitTimeSeconds parameter. For example, with the Java SDK, you can set HTTP transport settings using the NettyNioAsyncHttpClient for asynchronous clients, or the ApacheHttpClient for synchronous clients.

ReceiveRequestAttemptId

This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues.

The token used for deduplication of receive_message calls. If a networking issue occurs after a receive_message action, and instead of a response you receive a generic error, it is possible to retry the same action with an identical ReceiveRequestAttemptId to retrieve the same set of messages, even if their visibility timeout has not yet expired.

  • You can use ReceiveRequestAttemptId only for 5 minutes after a receive_message action.

  • When you set FifoQueue, a caller of the receive_message action can provide a ReceiveRequestAttemptId explicitly.

  • It is possible to retry the receive_message action with the same ReceiveRequestAttemptId if none of the messages have been modified (deleted or had their visibility changes).

  • During a visibility timeout, subsequent calls with the same ReceiveRequestAttemptId return the same messages and receipt handles. If a retry occurs within the deduplication interval, it resets the visibility timeout. For more information, see Visibility Timeout in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

    If a caller of the receive_message action still processes messages when the visibility timeout expires and messages become visible, another worker consuming from the same queue can receive the same messages and therefore process duplicates. Also, if a consumer whose message processing time is longer than the visibility timeout tries to delete the processed messages, the action fails with an error.

    To mitigate this effect, ensure that your application observes a safe threshold before the visibility timeout expires and extend the visibility timeout as necessary.

  • While messages with a particular MessageGroupId are invisible, no more messages belonging to the same MessageGroupId are returned until the visibility timeout expires. You can still receive messages with another MessageGroupId as long as it is also visible.

  • If a caller of receive_message can't track the ReceiveRequestAttemptId, no retries work until the original visibility timeout expires. As a result, delays might occur but the messages in the queue remain in a strict order.

The maximum length of ReceiveRequestAttemptId is 128 characters. ReceiveRequestAttemptId can contain alphanumeric characters (a-z, A-Z, 0-9) and punctuation (⁠!\"#$%&\'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_\`{|}~⁠).

For best practices of using ReceiveRequestAttemptId, see Using the ReceiveRequestAttemptId Request Parameter in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

[]: R:%5C [Using the ReceiveRequestAttemptId Request Parameter]: R:Using%20the%0AReceiveRequestAttemptId%20Request%0AParameter


Revokes any permissions in the queue policy that matches the specified Label parameter

Description

Revokes any permissions in the queue policy that matches the specified Label parameter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_remove_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_remove_permission(QueueUrl, Label)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the Amazon SQS queue from which permissions are removed.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

Label

[required] The identification of the permission to remove. This is the label added using the add_permission action.


Delivers a message to the specified queue

Description

Delivers a message to the specified queue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_send_message/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_send_message(
  QueueUrl,
  MessageBody,
  DelaySeconds = NULL,
  MessageAttributes = NULL,
  MessageSystemAttributes = NULL,
  MessageDeduplicationId = NULL,
  MessageGroupId = NULL
)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to which a message is sent.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

MessageBody

[required] The message to send. The minimum size is one character. The maximum size is 256 KiB.

A message can include only XML, JSON, and unformatted text. The following Unicode characters are allowed. For more information, see the W3C specification for characters.

⁠#x9⁠ | ⁠#xA⁠ | ⁠#xD⁠ | ⁠#x20⁠ to ⁠#xD7FF⁠ | ⁠#xE000⁠ to ⁠#xFFFD⁠ | ⁠#x10000⁠ to ⁠#x10FFFF⁠

Amazon SQS does not throw an exception or completely reject the message if it contains invalid characters. Instead, it replaces those invalid characters with U+FFFD before storing the message in the queue, as long as the message body contains at least one valid character.

DelaySeconds

The length of time, in seconds, for which to delay a specific message. Valid values: 0 to 900. Maximum: 15 minutes. Messages with a positive DelaySeconds value become available for processing after the delay period is finished. If you don't specify a value, the default value for the queue applies.

When you set FifoQueue, you can't set DelaySeconds per message. You can set this parameter only on a queue level.

MessageAttributes

Each message attribute consists of a Name, Type, and Value. For more information, see Amazon SQS message attributes in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

MessageSystemAttributes

The message system attribute to send. Each message system attribute consists of a Name, Type, and Value.

  • Currently, the only supported message system attribute is AWSTraceHeader. Its type must be String and its value must be a correctly formatted X-Ray trace header string.

  • The size of a message system attribute doesn't count towards the total size of a message.

MessageDeduplicationId

This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues.

The token used for deduplication of sent messages. If a message with a particular MessageDeduplicationId is sent successfully, any messages sent with the same MessageDeduplicationId are accepted successfully but aren't delivered during the 5-minute deduplication interval. For more information, see Exactly-once processing in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

  • Every message must have a unique MessageDeduplicationId,

    • You may provide a MessageDeduplicationId explicitly.

    • If you aren't able to provide a MessageDeduplicationId and you enable ContentBasedDeduplication for your queue, Amazon SQS uses a SHA-256 hash to generate the MessageDeduplicationId using the body of the message (but not the attributes of the message).

    • If you don't provide a MessageDeduplicationId and the queue doesn't have ContentBasedDeduplication set, the action fails with an error.

    • If the queue has ContentBasedDeduplication set, your MessageDeduplicationId overrides the generated one.

  • When ContentBasedDeduplication is in effect, messages with identical content sent within the deduplication interval are treated as duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered.

  • If you send one message with ContentBasedDeduplication enabled and then another message with a MessageDeduplicationId that is the same as the one generated for the first MessageDeduplicationId, the two messages are treated as duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered.

The MessageDeduplicationId is available to the consumer of the message (this can be useful for troubleshooting delivery issues).

If a message is sent successfully but the acknowledgement is lost and the message is resent with the same MessageDeduplicationId after the deduplication interval, Amazon SQS can't detect duplicate messages.

Amazon SQS continues to keep track of the message deduplication ID even after the message is received and deleted.

The maximum length of MessageDeduplicationId is 128 characters. MessageDeduplicationId can contain alphanumeric characters (a-z, A-Z, 0-9) and punctuation (⁠!\"#$%&\'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_\`{|}~⁠).

For best practices of using MessageDeduplicationId, see Using the MessageDeduplicationId Property in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

[]: R:%5C [Using the MessageDeduplicationId Property]: R:Using%20the%0AMessageDeduplicationId%0AProperty

MessageGroupId

This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues.

The tag that specifies that a message belongs to a specific message group. Messages that belong to the same message group are processed in a FIFO manner (however, messages in different message groups might be processed out of order). To interleave multiple ordered streams within a single queue, use MessageGroupId values (for example, session data for multiple users). In this scenario, multiple consumers can process the queue, but the session data of each user is processed in a FIFO fashion.

  • You must associate a non-empty MessageGroupId with a message. If you don't provide a MessageGroupId, the action fails.

  • receive_message might return messages with multiple MessageGroupId values. For each MessageGroupId, the messages are sorted by time sent. The caller can't specify a MessageGroupId.

The maximum length of MessageGroupId is 128 characters. Valid values: alphanumeric characters and punctuation ⁠(!\"#$%&\'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_\`{|}~)⁠.

For best practices of using MessageGroupId, see Using the MessageGroupId Property in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

MessageGroupId is required for FIFO queues. You can't use it for Standard queues.

[]: R:%5C [Using the MessageGroupId Property]: R:Using%20the%0AMessageGroupId%0AProperty


You can use SendMessageBatch to send up to 10 messages to the specified queue by assigning either identical or different values to each message (or by not assigning values at all)

Description

You can use send_message_batch to send up to 10 messages to the specified queue by assigning either identical or different values to each message (or by not assigning values at all). This is a batch version of SendMessage. For a FIFO queue, multiple messages within a single batch are enqueued in the order they are sent.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_send_message_batch/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_send_message_batch(QueueUrl, Entries)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to which batched messages are sent.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

Entries

[required] A list of SendMessageBatchRequestEntry items.


Sets the value of one or more queue attributes, like a policy

Description

Sets the value of one or more queue attributes, like a policy. When you change a queue's attributes, the change can take up to 60 seconds for most of the attributes to propagate throughout the Amazon SQS system. Changes made to the MessageRetentionPeriod attribute can take up to 15 minutes and will impact existing messages in the queue potentially causing them to be expired and deleted if the MessageRetentionPeriod is reduced below the age of existing messages.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_set_queue_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_set_queue_attributes(QueueUrl, Attributes)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the Amazon SQS queue whose attributes are set.

Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive.

Attributes

[required] A map of attributes to set.

The following lists the names, descriptions, and values of the special request parameters that the set_queue_attributes action uses:

  • DelaySeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which the delivery of all messages in the queue is delayed. Valid values: An integer from 0 to 900 (15 minutes). Default: 0.

  • MaximumMessageSize – The limit of how many bytes a message can contain before Amazon SQS rejects it. Valid values: An integer from 1,024 bytes (1 KiB) up to 262,144 bytes (256 KiB). Default: 262,144 (256 KiB).

  • MessageRetentionPeriod – The length of time, in seconds, for which Amazon SQS retains a message. Valid values: An integer representing seconds, from 60 (1 minute) to 1,209,600 (14 days). Default: 345,600 (4 days). When you change a queue's attributes, the change can take up to 60 seconds for most of the attributes to propagate throughout the Amazon SQS system. Changes made to the MessageRetentionPeriod attribute can take up to 15 minutes and will impact existing messages in the queue potentially causing them to be expired and deleted if the MessageRetentionPeriod is reduced below the age of existing messages.

  • Policy – The queue's policy. A valid Amazon Web Services policy. For more information about policy structure, see Overview of Amazon Web Services IAM Policies in the Identity and Access Management User Guide.

  • ReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which a receive_message action waits for a message to arrive. Valid values: An integer from 0 to 20 (seconds). Default: 0.

  • VisibilityTimeout – The visibility timeout for the queue, in seconds. Valid values: An integer from 0 to 43,200 (12 hours). Default: 30. For more information about the visibility timeout, see Visibility Timeout in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

The following attributes apply only to dead-letter queues:

  • RedrivePolicy – The string that includes the parameters for the dead-letter queue functionality of the source queue as a JSON object. The parameters are as follows:

    • deadLetterTargetArn – The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the dead-letter queue to which Amazon SQS moves messages after the value of maxReceiveCount is exceeded.

    • maxReceiveCount – The number of times a message is delivered to the source queue before being moved to the dead-letter queue. Default: 10. When the ReceiveCount for a message exceeds the maxReceiveCount for a queue, Amazon SQS moves the message to the dead-letter-queue.

  • RedriveAllowPolicy – The string that includes the parameters for the permissions for the dead-letter queue redrive permission and which source queues can specify dead-letter queues as a JSON object. The parameters are as follows:

    • redrivePermission – The permission type that defines which source queues can specify the current queue as the dead-letter queue. Valid values are:

      • allowAll – (Default) Any source queues in this Amazon Web Services account in the same Region can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue.

      • denyAll – No source queues can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue.

      • byQueue – Only queues specified by the sourceQueueArns parameter can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue.

    • sourceQueueArns – The Amazon Resource Names (ARN)s of the source queues that can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue and redrive messages. You can specify this parameter only when the redrivePermission parameter is set to byQueue. You can specify up to 10 source queue ARNs. To allow more than 10 source queues to specify dead-letter queues, set the redrivePermission parameter to allowAll.

The dead-letter queue of a FIFO queue must also be a FIFO queue. Similarly, the dead-letter queue of a standard queue must also be a standard queue.

The following attributes apply only to server-side-encryption:

  • KmsMasterKeyId – The ID of an Amazon Web Services managed customer master key (CMK) for Amazon SQS or a custom CMK. For more information, see Key Terms. While the alias of the AWS-managed CMK for Amazon SQS is always alias/aws/sqs, the alias of a custom CMK can, for example, be alias/MyAlias . For more examples, see KeyId in the Key Management Service API Reference.

  • KmsDataKeyReusePeriodSeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which Amazon SQS can reuse a data key to encrypt or decrypt messages before calling KMS again. An integer representing seconds, between 60 seconds (1 minute) and 86,400 seconds (24 hours). Default: 300 (5 minutes). A shorter time period provides better security but results in more calls to KMS which might incur charges after Free Tier. For more information, see How Does the Data Key Reuse Period Work?.

  • SqsManagedSseEnabled – Enables server-side queue encryption using SQS owned encryption keys. Only one server-side encryption option is supported per queue (for example, SSE-KMS or SSE-SQS).

The following attribute applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues:

  • ContentBasedDeduplication – Enables content-based deduplication. For more information, see Exactly-once processing in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. Note the following:

    • Every message must have a unique MessageDeduplicationId.

      • You may provide a MessageDeduplicationId explicitly.

      • If you aren't able to provide a MessageDeduplicationId and you enable ContentBasedDeduplication for your queue, Amazon SQS uses a SHA-256 hash to generate the MessageDeduplicationId using the body of the message (but not the attributes of the message).

      • If you don't provide a MessageDeduplicationId and the queue doesn't have ContentBasedDeduplication set, the action fails with an error.

      • If the queue has ContentBasedDeduplication set, your MessageDeduplicationId overrides the generated one.

    • When ContentBasedDeduplication is in effect, messages with identical content sent within the deduplication interval are treated as duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered.

    • If you send one message with ContentBasedDeduplication enabled and then another message with a MessageDeduplicationId that is the same as the one generated for the first MessageDeduplicationId, the two messages are treated as duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered.

The following attributes apply only to high throughput for FIFO queues:

  • DeduplicationScope – Specifies whether message deduplication occurs at the message group or queue level. Valid values are messageGroup and queue.

  • FifoThroughputLimit – Specifies whether the FIFO queue throughput quota applies to the entire queue or per message group. Valid values are perQueue and perMessageGroupId. The perMessageGroupId value is allowed only when the value for DeduplicationScope is messageGroup.

To enable high throughput for FIFO queues, do the following:

  • Set DeduplicationScope to messageGroup.

  • Set FifoThroughputLimit to perMessageGroupId.

If you set these attributes to anything other than the values shown for enabling high throughput, normal throughput is in effect and deduplication occurs as specified.

For information on throughput quotas, see Quotas related to messages in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.


Starts an asynchronous task to move messages from a specified source queue to a specified destination queue

Description

Starts an asynchronous task to move messages from a specified source queue to a specified destination queue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_start_message_move_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_start_message_move_task(
  SourceArn,
  DestinationArn = NULL,
  MaxNumberOfMessagesPerSecond = NULL
)

Arguments

SourceArn

[required] The ARN of the queue that contains the messages to be moved to another queue. Currently, only ARNs of dead-letter queues (DLQs) whose sources are other Amazon SQS queues are accepted. DLQs whose sources are non-SQS queues, such as Lambda or Amazon SNS topics, are not currently supported.

DestinationArn

The ARN of the queue that receives the moved messages. You can use this field to specify the destination queue where you would like to redrive messages. If this field is left blank, the messages will be redriven back to their respective original source queues.

MaxNumberOfMessagesPerSecond

The number of messages to be moved per second (the message movement rate). You can use this field to define a fixed message movement rate. The maximum value for messages per second is 500. If this field is left blank, the system will optimize the rate based on the queue message backlog size, which may vary throughout the duration of the message movement task.


Add cost allocation tags to the specified Amazon SQS queue

Description

Add cost allocation tags to the specified Amazon SQS queue. For an overview, see Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_tag_queue/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_tag_queue(QueueUrl, Tags)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the queue.

Tags

[required] The list of tags to be added to the specified queue.


Remove cost allocation tags from the specified Amazon SQS queue

Description

Remove cost allocation tags from the specified Amazon SQS queue. For an overview, see Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sqs_untag_queue/ for full documentation.

Usage

sqs_untag_queue(QueueUrl, TagKeys)

Arguments

QueueUrl

[required] The URL of the queue.

TagKeys

[required] The list of tags to be removed from the specified queue.


Amazon Simple Workflow Service

Description

The Amazon Simple Workflow Service (Amazon SWF) makes it easy to build applications that use Amazon's cloud to coordinate work across distributed components. In Amazon SWF, a task represents a logical unit of work that is performed by a component of your workflow. Coordinating tasks in a workflow involves managing intertask dependencies, scheduling, and concurrency in accordance with the logical flow of the application.

Amazon SWF gives you full control over implementing tasks and coordinating them without worrying about underlying complexities such as tracking their progress and maintaining their state.

This documentation serves as reference only. For a broader overview of the Amazon SWF programming model, see the Amazon SWF Developer Guide .

Usage

swf(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- swf(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

count_closed_workflow_executions Returns the number of closed workflow executions within the given domain that meet the specified filtering criteria
count_open_workflow_executions Returns the number of open workflow executions within the given domain that meet the specified filtering criteria
count_pending_activity_tasks Returns the estimated number of activity tasks in the specified task list
count_pending_decision_tasks Returns the estimated number of decision tasks in the specified task list
delete_activity_type Deletes the specified activity type
delete_workflow_type Deletes the specified workflow type
deprecate_activity_type Deprecates the specified activity type
deprecate_domain Deprecates the specified domain
deprecate_workflow_type Deprecates the specified workflow type
describe_activity_type Returns information about the specified activity type
describe_domain Returns information about the specified domain, including description and status
describe_workflow_execution Returns information about the specified workflow execution including its type and some statistics
describe_workflow_type Returns information about the specified workflow type
get_workflow_execution_history Returns the history of the specified workflow execution
list_activity_types Returns information about all activities registered in the specified domain that match the specified name and registration status
list_closed_workflow_executions Returns a list of closed workflow executions in the specified domain that meet the filtering criteria
list_domains Returns the list of domains registered in the account
list_open_workflow_executions Returns a list of open workflow executions in the specified domain that meet the filtering criteria
list_tags_for_resource List tags for a given domain
list_workflow_types Returns information about workflow types in the specified domain
poll_for_activity_task Used by workers to get an ActivityTask from the specified activity taskList
poll_for_decision_task Used by deciders to get a DecisionTask from the specified decision taskList
record_activity_task_heartbeat Used by activity workers to report to the service that the ActivityTask represented by the specified taskToken is still making progress
register_activity_type Registers a new activity type along with its configuration settings in the specified domain
register_domain Registers a new domain
register_workflow_type Registers a new workflow type and its configuration settings in the specified domain
request_cancel_workflow_execution Records a WorkflowExecutionCancelRequested event in the currently running workflow execution identified by the given domain, workflowId, and runId
respond_activity_task_canceled Used by workers to tell the service that the ActivityTask identified by the taskToken was successfully canceled
respond_activity_task_completed Used by workers to tell the service that the ActivityTask identified by the taskToken completed successfully with a result (if provided)
respond_activity_task_failed Used by workers to tell the service that the ActivityTask identified by the taskToken has failed with reason (if specified)
respond_decision_task_completed Used by deciders to tell the service that the DecisionTask identified by the taskToken has successfully completed
signal_workflow_execution Records a WorkflowExecutionSignaled event in the workflow execution history and creates a decision task for the workflow execution identified by the given domain, workflowId and runId
start_workflow_execution Starts an execution of the workflow type in the specified domain using the provided workflowId and input data
tag_resource Add a tag to a Amazon SWF domain
terminate_workflow_execution Records a WorkflowExecutionTerminated event and forces closure of the workflow execution identified by the given domain, runId, and workflowId
undeprecate_activity_type Undeprecates a previously deprecated activity type
undeprecate_domain Undeprecates a previously deprecated domain
undeprecate_workflow_type Undeprecates a previously deprecated workflow type
untag_resource Remove a tag from a Amazon SWF domain

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- swf()
svc$count_closed_workflow_executions(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Returns the number of closed workflow executions within the given domain that meet the specified filtering criteria

Description

Returns the number of closed workflow executions within the given domain that meet the specified filtering criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_count_closed_workflow_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_count_closed_workflow_executions(
  domain,
  startTimeFilter = NULL,
  closeTimeFilter = NULL,
  executionFilter = NULL,
  typeFilter = NULL,
  tagFilter = NULL,
  closeStatusFilter = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain containing the workflow executions to count.

startTimeFilter

If specified, only workflow executions that meet the start time criteria of the filter are counted.

startTimeFilter and closeTimeFilter are mutually exclusive. You must specify one of these in a request but not both.

closeTimeFilter

If specified, only workflow executions that meet the close time criteria of the filter are counted.

startTimeFilter and closeTimeFilter are mutually exclusive. You must specify one of these in a request but not both.

executionFilter

If specified, only workflow executions matching the WorkflowId in the filter are counted.

closeStatusFilter, executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.

typeFilter

If specified, indicates the type of the workflow executions to be counted.

closeStatusFilter, executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.

tagFilter

If specified, only executions that have a tag that matches the filter are counted.

closeStatusFilter, executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.

closeStatusFilter

If specified, only workflow executions that match this close status are counted. This filter has an affect only if executionStatus is specified as CLOSED.

closeStatusFilter, executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.


Returns the number of open workflow executions within the given domain that meet the specified filtering criteria

Description

Returns the number of open workflow executions within the given domain that meet the specified filtering criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_count_open_workflow_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_count_open_workflow_executions(
  domain,
  startTimeFilter,
  typeFilter = NULL,
  tagFilter = NULL,
  executionFilter = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain containing the workflow executions to count.

startTimeFilter

[required] Specifies the start time criteria that workflow executions must meet in order to be counted.

typeFilter

Specifies the type of the workflow executions to be counted.

executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.

tagFilter

If specified, only executions that have a tag that matches the filter are counted.

executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.

executionFilter

If specified, only workflow executions matching the WorkflowId in the filter are counted.

executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.


Returns the estimated number of activity tasks in the specified task list

Description

Returns the estimated number of activity tasks in the specified task list. The count returned is an approximation and isn't guaranteed to be exact. If you specify a task list that no activity task was ever scheduled in then 0 is returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_count_pending_activity_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_count_pending_activity_tasks(domain, taskList)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the task list.

taskList

[required] The name of the task list.


Returns the estimated number of decision tasks in the specified task list

Description

Returns the estimated number of decision tasks in the specified task list. The count returned is an approximation and isn't guaranteed to be exact. If you specify a task list that no decision task was ever scheduled in then 0 is returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_count_pending_decision_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_count_pending_decision_tasks(domain, taskList)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the task list.

taskList

[required] The name of the task list.


Deletes the specified activity type

Description

Deletes the specified activity type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_delete_activity_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_delete_activity_type(domain, activityType)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain in which the activity type is registered.

activityType

[required] The activity type to delete.


Deletes the specified workflow type

Description

Deletes the specified workflow type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_delete_workflow_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_delete_workflow_type(domain, workflowType)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain in which the workflow type is registered.

workflowType

[required] The workflow type to delete.


Deprecates the specified activity type

Description

Deprecates the specified activity type. After an activity type has been deprecated, you cannot create new tasks of that activity type. Tasks of this type that were scheduled before the type was deprecated continue to run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_deprecate_activity_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_deprecate_activity_type(domain, activityType)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain in which the activity type is registered.

activityType

[required] The activity type to deprecate.


Deprecates the specified domain

Description

Deprecates the specified domain. After a domain has been deprecated it cannot be used to create new workflow executions or register new types. However, you can still use visibility actions on this domain. Deprecating a domain also deprecates all activity and workflow types registered in the domain. Executions that were started before the domain was deprecated continues to run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_deprecate_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_deprecate_domain(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the domain to deprecate.


Deprecates the specified workflow type

Description

Deprecates the specified workflow type. After a workflow type has been deprecated, you cannot create new executions of that type. Executions that were started before the type was deprecated continues to run. A deprecated workflow type may still be used when calling visibility actions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_deprecate_workflow_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_deprecate_workflow_type(domain, workflowType)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain in which the workflow type is registered.

workflowType

[required] The workflow type to deprecate.


Returns information about the specified activity type

Description

Returns information about the specified activity type. This includes configuration settings provided when the type was registered and other general information about the type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_describe_activity_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_describe_activity_type(domain, activityType)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain in which the activity type is registered.

activityType

[required] The activity type to get information about. Activity types are identified by the name and version that were supplied when the activity was registered.


Returns information about the specified domain, including description and status

Description

Returns information about the specified domain, including description and status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_describe_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_describe_domain(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the domain to describe.


Returns information about the specified workflow execution including its type and some statistics

Description

Returns information about the specified workflow execution including its type and some statistics.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_describe_workflow_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_describe_workflow_execution(domain, execution)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain containing the workflow execution.

execution

[required] The workflow execution to describe.


Returns information about the specified workflow type

Description

Returns information about the specified workflow type. This includes configuration settings specified when the type was registered and other information such as creation date, current status, etc.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_describe_workflow_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_describe_workflow_type(domain, workflowType)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain in which this workflow type is registered.

workflowType

[required] The workflow type to describe.


Returns the history of the specified workflow execution

Description

Returns the history of the specified workflow execution. The results may be split into multiple pages. To retrieve subsequent pages, make the call again using the nextPageToken returned by the initial call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_get_workflow_execution_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_get_workflow_execution_history(
  domain,
  execution,
  nextPageToken = NULL,
  maximumPageSize = NULL,
  reverseOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain containing the workflow execution.

execution

[required] Specifies the workflow execution for which to return the history.

nextPageToken

If NextPageToken is returned there are more results available. The value of NextPageToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return a 400 error: "⁠Specified token has exceeded its maximum lifetime⁠".

The configured maximumPageSize determines how many results can be returned in a single call.

maximumPageSize

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. Use nextPageToken to obtain further pages of results.

reverseOrder

When set to true, returns the events in reverse order. By default the results are returned in ascending order of the eventTimeStamp of the events.


Returns information about all activities registered in the specified domain that match the specified name and registration status

Description

Returns information about all activities registered in the specified domain that match the specified name and registration status. The result includes information like creation date, current status of the activity, etc. The results may be split into multiple pages. To retrieve subsequent pages, make the call again using the nextPageToken returned by the initial call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_list_activity_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_list_activity_types(
  domain,
  name = NULL,
  registrationStatus,
  nextPageToken = NULL,
  maximumPageSize = NULL,
  reverseOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain in which the activity types have been registered.

name

If specified, only lists the activity types that have this name.

registrationStatus

[required] Specifies the registration status of the activity types to list.

nextPageToken

If NextPageToken is returned there are more results available. The value of NextPageToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return a 400 error: "⁠Specified token has exceeded its maximum lifetime⁠".

The configured maximumPageSize determines how many results can be returned in a single call.

maximumPageSize

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. Use nextPageToken to obtain further pages of results.

reverseOrder

When set to true, returns the results in reverse order. By default, the results are returned in ascending alphabetical order by name of the activity types.


Returns a list of closed workflow executions in the specified domain that meet the filtering criteria

Description

Returns a list of closed workflow executions in the specified domain that meet the filtering criteria. The results may be split into multiple pages. To retrieve subsequent pages, make the call again using the nextPageToken returned by the initial call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_list_closed_workflow_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_list_closed_workflow_executions(
  domain,
  startTimeFilter = NULL,
  closeTimeFilter = NULL,
  executionFilter = NULL,
  closeStatusFilter = NULL,
  typeFilter = NULL,
  tagFilter = NULL,
  nextPageToken = NULL,
  maximumPageSize = NULL,
  reverseOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the workflow executions to list.

startTimeFilter

If specified, the workflow executions are included in the returned results based on whether their start times are within the range specified by this filter. Also, if this parameter is specified, the returned results are ordered by their start times.

startTimeFilter and closeTimeFilter are mutually exclusive. You must specify one of these in a request but not both.

closeTimeFilter

If specified, the workflow executions are included in the returned results based on whether their close times are within the range specified by this filter. Also, if this parameter is specified, the returned results are ordered by their close times.

startTimeFilter and closeTimeFilter are mutually exclusive. You must specify one of these in a request but not both.

executionFilter

If specified, only workflow executions matching the workflow ID specified in the filter are returned.

closeStatusFilter, executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.

closeStatusFilter

If specified, only workflow executions that match this close status are listed. For example, if TERMINATED is specified, then only TERMINATED workflow executions are listed.

closeStatusFilter, executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.

typeFilter

If specified, only executions of the type specified in the filter are returned.

closeStatusFilter, executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.

tagFilter

If specified, only executions that have the matching tag are listed.

closeStatusFilter, executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.

nextPageToken

If NextPageToken is returned there are more results available. The value of NextPageToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return a 400 error: "⁠Specified token has exceeded its maximum lifetime⁠".

The configured maximumPageSize determines how many results can be returned in a single call.

maximumPageSize

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. Use nextPageToken to obtain further pages of results.

reverseOrder

When set to true, returns the results in reverse order. By default the results are returned in descending order of the start or the close time of the executions.


Returns the list of domains registered in the account

Description

Returns the list of domains registered in the account. The results may be split into multiple pages. To retrieve subsequent pages, make the call again using the nextPageToken returned by the initial call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_list_domains/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_list_domains(
  nextPageToken = NULL,
  registrationStatus,
  maximumPageSize = NULL,
  reverseOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

nextPageToken

If NextPageToken is returned there are more results available. The value of NextPageToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return a 400 error: "⁠Specified token has exceeded its maximum lifetime⁠".

The configured maximumPageSize determines how many results can be returned in a single call.

registrationStatus

[required] Specifies the registration status of the domains to list.

maximumPageSize

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. Use nextPageToken to obtain further pages of results.

reverseOrder

When set to true, returns the results in reverse order. By default, the results are returned in ascending alphabetical order by name of the domains.


Returns a list of open workflow executions in the specified domain that meet the filtering criteria

Description

Returns a list of open workflow executions in the specified domain that meet the filtering criteria. The results may be split into multiple pages. To retrieve subsequent pages, make the call again using the nextPageToken returned by the initial call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_list_open_workflow_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_list_open_workflow_executions(
  domain,
  startTimeFilter,
  typeFilter = NULL,
  tagFilter = NULL,
  nextPageToken = NULL,
  maximumPageSize = NULL,
  reverseOrder = NULL,
  executionFilter = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the workflow executions to list.

startTimeFilter

[required] Workflow executions are included in the returned results based on whether their start times are within the range specified by this filter.

typeFilter

If specified, only executions of the type specified in the filter are returned.

executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.

tagFilter

If specified, only executions that have the matching tag are listed.

executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.

nextPageToken

If NextPageToken is returned there are more results available. The value of NextPageToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return a 400 error: "⁠Specified token has exceeded its maximum lifetime⁠".

The configured maximumPageSize determines how many results can be returned in a single call.

maximumPageSize

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. Use nextPageToken to obtain further pages of results.

reverseOrder

When set to true, returns the results in reverse order. By default the results are returned in descending order of the start time of the executions.

executionFilter

If specified, only workflow executions matching the workflow ID specified in the filter are returned.

executionFilter, typeFilter and tagFilter are mutually exclusive. You can specify at most one of these in a request.


List tags for a given domain

Description

List tags for a given domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the Amazon SWF domain.


Returns information about workflow types in the specified domain

Description

Returns information about workflow types in the specified domain. The results may be split into multiple pages that can be retrieved by making the call repeatedly.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_list_workflow_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_list_workflow_types(
  domain,
  name = NULL,
  registrationStatus,
  nextPageToken = NULL,
  maximumPageSize = NULL,
  reverseOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain in which the workflow types have been registered.

name

If specified, lists the workflow type with this name.

registrationStatus

[required] Specifies the registration status of the workflow types to list.

nextPageToken

If NextPageToken is returned there are more results available. The value of NextPageToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return a 400 error: "⁠Specified token has exceeded its maximum lifetime⁠".

The configured maximumPageSize determines how many results can be returned in a single call.

maximumPageSize

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. Use nextPageToken to obtain further pages of results.

reverseOrder

When set to true, returns the results in reverse order. By default the results are returned in ascending alphabetical order of the name of the workflow types.


Used by workers to get an ActivityTask from the specified activity taskList

Description

Used by workers to get an ActivityTask from the specified activity taskList. This initiates a long poll, where the service holds the HTTP connection open and responds as soon as a task becomes available. The maximum time the service holds on to the request before responding is 60 seconds. If no task is available within 60 seconds, the poll returns an empty result. An empty result, in this context, means that an ActivityTask is returned, but that the value of taskToken is an empty string. If a task is returned, the worker should use its type to identify and process it correctly.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_poll_for_activity_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_poll_for_activity_task(domain, taskList, identity = NULL)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain that contains the task lists being polled.

taskList

[required] Specifies the task list to poll for activity tasks.

The specified string must not start or end with whitespace. It must not contain a : (colon), / (slash), | (vertical bar), or any control characters (⁠U+0000`-`U+001f⁠ | ⁠U+007f`-`U+009f⁠). Also, it must not be the literal string arn.

identity

Identity of the worker making the request, recorded in the ActivityTaskStarted event in the workflow history. This enables diagnostic tracing when problems arise. The form of this identity is user defined.


Used by deciders to get a DecisionTask from the specified decision taskList

Description

Used by deciders to get a DecisionTask from the specified decision taskList. A decision task may be returned for any open workflow execution that is using the specified task list. The task includes a paginated view of the history of the workflow execution. The decider should use the workflow type and the history to determine how to properly handle the task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_poll_for_decision_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_poll_for_decision_task(
  domain,
  taskList,
  identity = NULL,
  nextPageToken = NULL,
  maximumPageSize = NULL,
  reverseOrder = NULL,
  startAtPreviousStartedEvent = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain containing the task lists to poll.

taskList

[required] Specifies the task list to poll for decision tasks.

The specified string must not contain a : (colon), / (slash), | (vertical bar), or any control characters (⁠U+0000`-`U+001f⁠ | ⁠U+007f`-`U+009f⁠). Also, it must not be the literal string arn.

identity

Identity of the decider making the request, which is recorded in the DecisionTaskStarted event in the workflow history. This enables diagnostic tracing when problems arise. The form of this identity is user defined.

nextPageToken

If NextPageToken is returned there are more results available. The value of NextPageToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Make the call again using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged. Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return a 400 error: "⁠Specified token has exceeded its maximum lifetime⁠".

The configured maximumPageSize determines how many results can be returned in a single call.

The nextPageToken returned by this action cannot be used with get_workflow_execution_history to get the next page. You must call poll_for_decision_task again (with the nextPageToken) to retrieve the next page of history records. Calling poll_for_decision_task with a nextPageToken doesn't return a new decision task.

maximumPageSize

The maximum number of results that are returned per call. Use nextPageToken to obtain further pages of results.

This is an upper limit only; the actual number of results returned per call may be fewer than the specified maximum.

reverseOrder

When set to true, returns the events in reverse order. By default the results are returned in ascending order of the eventTimestamp of the events.

startAtPreviousStartedEvent

When set to true, returns the events with eventTimestamp greater than or equal to eventTimestamp of the most recent DecisionTaskStarted event. By default, this parameter is set to false.


Used by activity workers to report to the service that the ActivityTask represented by the specified taskToken is still making progress

Description

Used by activity workers to report to the service that the ActivityTask represented by the specified taskToken is still making progress. The worker can also specify details of the progress, for example percent complete, using the details parameter. This action can also be used by the worker as a mechanism to check if cancellation is being requested for the activity task. If a cancellation is being attempted for the specified task, then the boolean cancelRequested flag returned by the service is set to true.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_record_activity_task_heartbeat/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_record_activity_task_heartbeat(taskToken, details = NULL)

Arguments

taskToken

[required] The taskToken of the ActivityTask.

taskToken is generated by the service and should be treated as an opaque value. If the task is passed to another process, its taskToken must also be passed. This enables it to provide its progress and respond with results.

details

If specified, contains details about the progress of the task.


Registers a new activity type along with its configuration settings in the specified domain

Description

Registers a new activity type along with its configuration settings in the specified domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_register_activity_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_register_activity_type(
  domain,
  name,
  version,
  description = NULL,
  defaultTaskStartToCloseTimeout = NULL,
  defaultTaskHeartbeatTimeout = NULL,
  defaultTaskList = NULL,
  defaultTaskPriority = NULL,
  defaultTaskScheduleToStartTimeout = NULL,
  defaultTaskScheduleToCloseTimeout = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain in which this activity is to be registered.

name

[required] The name of the activity type within the domain.

The specified string must not contain a : (colon), / (slash), | (vertical bar), or any control characters (⁠U+0000`-`U+001f⁠ | ⁠U+007f`-`U+009f⁠). Also, it must not be the literal string arn.

version

[required] The version of the activity type.

The activity type consists of the name and version, the combination of which must be unique within the domain.

The specified string must not contain a : (colon), / (slash), | (vertical bar), or any control characters (⁠U+0000`-`U+001f⁠ | ⁠U+007f`-`U+009f⁠). Also, it must not be the literal string arn.

description

A textual description of the activity type.

defaultTaskStartToCloseTimeout

If set, specifies the default maximum duration that a worker can take to process tasks of this activity type. This default can be overridden when scheduling an activity task using the ScheduleActivityTask Decision.

The duration is specified in seconds, an integer greater than or equal to 0. You can use NONE to specify unlimited duration.

defaultTaskHeartbeatTimeout

If set, specifies the default maximum time before which a worker processing a task of this type must report progress by calling record_activity_task_heartbeat. If the timeout is exceeded, the activity task is automatically timed out. This default can be overridden when scheduling an activity task using the ScheduleActivityTask Decision. If the activity worker subsequently attempts to record a heartbeat or returns a result, the activity worker receives an UnknownResource fault. In this case, Amazon SWF no longer considers the activity task to be valid; the activity worker should clean up the activity task.

The duration is specified in seconds, an integer greater than or equal to 0. You can use NONE to specify unlimited duration.

defaultTaskList

If set, specifies the default task list to use for scheduling tasks of this activity type. This default task list is used if a task list isn't provided when a task is scheduled through the ScheduleActivityTask Decision.

defaultTaskPriority

The default task priority to assign to the activity type. If not assigned, then 0 is used. Valid values are integers that range from Java's Integer.MIN_VALUE (-2147483648) to Integer.MAX_VALUE (2147483647). Higher numbers indicate higher priority.

For more information about setting task priority, see Setting Task Priority in the in the Amazon SWF Developer Guide..

defaultTaskScheduleToStartTimeout

If set, specifies the default maximum duration that a task of this activity type can wait before being assigned to a worker. This default can be overridden when scheduling an activity task using the ScheduleActivityTask Decision.

The duration is specified in seconds, an integer greater than or equal to 0. You can use NONE to specify unlimited duration.

defaultTaskScheduleToCloseTimeout

If set, specifies the default maximum duration for a task of this activity type. This default can be overridden when scheduling an activity task using the ScheduleActivityTask Decision.

The duration is specified in seconds, an integer greater than or equal to 0. You can use NONE to specify unlimited duration.


Registers a new domain

Description

Registers a new domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_register_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_register_domain(
  name,
  description = NULL,
  workflowExecutionRetentionPeriodInDays,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] Name of the domain to register. The name must be unique in the region that the domain is registered in.

The specified string must not start or end with whitespace. It must not contain a : (colon), / (slash), | (vertical bar), or any control characters (⁠U+0000`-`U+001f⁠ | ⁠U+007f`-`U+009f⁠). Also, it must not be the literal string arn.

description

A text description of the domain.

workflowExecutionRetentionPeriodInDays

[required] The duration (in days) that records and histories of workflow executions on the domain should be kept by the service. After the retention period, the workflow execution isn't available in the results of visibility calls.

If you pass the value NONE or 0 (zero), then the workflow execution history isn't retained. As soon as the workflow execution completes, the execution record and its history are deleted.

The maximum workflow execution retention period is 90 days. For more information about Amazon SWF service limits, see: Amazon SWF Service Limits in the Amazon SWF Developer Guide.

tags

Tags to be added when registering a domain.

Tags may only contain unicode letters, digits, whitespace, or these symbols: ⁠_ . : / = + - @⁠.


Registers a new workflow type and its configuration settings in the specified domain

Description

Registers a new workflow type and its configuration settings in the specified domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_register_workflow_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_register_workflow_type(
  domain,
  name,
  version,
  description = NULL,
  defaultTaskStartToCloseTimeout = NULL,
  defaultExecutionStartToCloseTimeout = NULL,
  defaultTaskList = NULL,
  defaultTaskPriority = NULL,
  defaultChildPolicy = NULL,
  defaultLambdaRole = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain in which to register the workflow type.

name

[required] The name of the workflow type.

The specified string must not contain a : (colon), / (slash), | (vertical bar), or any control characters (⁠U+0000`-`U+001f⁠ | ⁠U+007f`-`U+009f⁠). Also, it must not be the literal string arn.

version

[required] The version of the workflow type.

The workflow type consists of the name and version, the combination of which must be unique within the domain. To get a list of all currently registered workflow types, use the list_workflow_types action.

The specified string must not contain a : (colon), / (slash), | (vertical bar), or any control characters (⁠U+0000`-`U+001f⁠ | ⁠U+007f`-`U+009f⁠). Also, it must not be the literal string arn.

description

Textual description of the workflow type.

defaultTaskStartToCloseTimeout

If set, specifies the default maximum duration of decision tasks for this workflow type. This default can be overridden when starting a workflow execution using the start_workflow_execution action or the StartChildWorkflowExecution Decision.

The duration is specified in seconds, an integer greater than or equal to 0. You can use NONE to specify unlimited duration.

defaultExecutionStartToCloseTimeout

If set, specifies the default maximum duration for executions of this workflow type. You can override this default when starting an execution through the start_workflow_execution Action or StartChildWorkflowExecution Decision.

The duration is specified in seconds; an integer greater than or equal to 0. Unlike some of the other timeout parameters in Amazon SWF, you cannot specify a value of "NONE" for defaultExecutionStartToCloseTimeout; there is a one-year max limit on the time that a workflow execution can run. Exceeding this limit always causes the workflow execution to time out.

defaultTaskList

If set, specifies the default task list to use for scheduling decision tasks for executions of this workflow type. This default is used only if a task list isn't provided when starting the execution through the start_workflow_execution Action or StartChildWorkflowExecution Decision.

defaultTaskPriority

The default task priority to assign to the workflow type. If not assigned, then 0 is used. Valid values are integers that range from Java's Integer.MIN_VALUE (-2147483648) to Integer.MAX_VALUE (2147483647). Higher numbers indicate higher priority.

For more information about setting task priority, see Setting Task Priority in the Amazon SWF Developer Guide.

defaultChildPolicy

If set, specifies the default policy to use for the child workflow executions when a workflow execution of this type is terminated, by calling the terminate_workflow_execution action explicitly or due to an expired timeout. This default can be overridden when starting a workflow execution using the start_workflow_execution action or the StartChildWorkflowExecution Decision.

The supported child policies are:

  • TERMINATE – The child executions are terminated.

  • REQUEST_CANCEL – A request to cancel is attempted for each child execution by recording a WorkflowExecutionCancelRequested event in its history. It is up to the decider to take appropriate actions when it receives an execution history with this event.

  • ABANDON – No action is taken. The child executions continue to run.

defaultLambdaRole

The default IAM role attached to this workflow type.

Executions of this workflow type need IAM roles to invoke Lambda functions. If you don't specify an IAM role when you start this workflow type, the default Lambda role is attached to the execution. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonswf/latest/developerguide/lambda-task.html in the Amazon SWF Developer Guide.


Records a WorkflowExecutionCancelRequested event in the currently running workflow execution identified by the given domain, workflowId, and runId

Description

Records a WorkflowExecutionCancelRequested event in the currently running workflow execution identified by the given domain, workflowId, and runId. This logically requests the cancellation of the workflow execution as a whole. It is up to the decider to take appropriate actions when it receives an execution history with this event.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_request_cancel_workflow_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_request_cancel_workflow_execution(domain, workflowId, runId = NULL)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain containing the workflow execution to cancel.

workflowId

[required] The workflowId of the workflow execution to cancel.

runId

The runId of the workflow execution to cancel.


Used by workers to tell the service that the ActivityTask identified by the taskToken was successfully canceled

Description

Used by workers to tell the service that the ActivityTask identified by the taskToken was successfully canceled. Additional details can be provided using the details argument.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_respond_activity_task_canceled/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_respond_activity_task_canceled(taskToken, details = NULL)

Arguments

taskToken

[required] The taskToken of the ActivityTask.

taskToken is generated by the service and should be treated as an opaque value. If the task is passed to another process, its taskToken must also be passed. This enables it to provide its progress and respond with results.

details

Information about the cancellation.


Used by workers to tell the service that the ActivityTask identified by the taskToken completed successfully with a result (if provided)

Description

Used by workers to tell the service that the ActivityTask identified by the taskToken completed successfully with a result (if provided). The result appears in the ActivityTaskCompleted event in the workflow history.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_respond_activity_task_completed/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_respond_activity_task_completed(taskToken, result = NULL)

Arguments

taskToken

[required] The taskToken of the ActivityTask.

taskToken is generated by the service and should be treated as an opaque value. If the task is passed to another process, its taskToken must also be passed. This enables it to provide its progress and respond with results.

result

The result of the activity task. It is a free form string that is implementation specific.


Used by workers to tell the service that the ActivityTask identified by the taskToken has failed with reason (if specified)

Description

Used by workers to tell the service that the ActivityTask identified by the taskToken has failed with reason (if specified). The reason and details appear in the ActivityTaskFailed event added to the workflow history.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_respond_activity_task_failed/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_respond_activity_task_failed(taskToken, reason = NULL, details = NULL)

Arguments

taskToken

[required] The taskToken of the ActivityTask.

taskToken is generated by the service and should be treated as an opaque value. If the task is passed to another process, its taskToken must also be passed. This enables it to provide its progress and respond with results.

reason

Description of the error that may assist in diagnostics.

details

Detailed information about the failure.


Used by deciders to tell the service that the DecisionTask identified by the taskToken has successfully completed

Description

Used by deciders to tell the service that the DecisionTask identified by the taskToken has successfully completed. The decisions argument specifies the list of decisions made while processing the task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_respond_decision_task_completed/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_respond_decision_task_completed(
  taskToken,
  decisions = NULL,
  executionContext = NULL,
  taskList = NULL,
  taskListScheduleToStartTimeout = NULL
)

Arguments

taskToken

[required] The taskToken from the DecisionTask.

taskToken is generated by the service and should be treated as an opaque value. If the task is passed to another process, its taskToken must also be passed. This enables it to provide its progress and respond with results.

decisions

The list of decisions (possibly empty) made by the decider while processing this decision task. See the docs for the Decision structure for details.

executionContext

User defined context to add to workflow execution.

taskList

The task list to use for the future decision tasks of this workflow execution. This list overrides the original task list you specified while starting the workflow execution.

taskListScheduleToStartTimeout

Specifies a timeout (in seconds) for the task list override. When this parameter is missing, the task list override is permanent. This parameter makes it possible to temporarily override the task list. If a decision task scheduled on the override task list is not started within the timeout, the decision task will time out. Amazon SWF will revert the override and schedule a new decision task to the original task list.

If a decision task scheduled on the override task list is started within the timeout, but not completed within the start-to-close timeout, Amazon SWF will also revert the override and schedule a new decision task to the original task list.


Records a WorkflowExecutionSignaled event in the workflow execution history and creates a decision task for the workflow execution identified by the given domain, workflowId and runId

Description

Records a WorkflowExecutionSignaled event in the workflow execution history and creates a decision task for the workflow execution identified by the given domain, workflowId and runId. The event is recorded with the specified user defined signalName and input (if provided).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_signal_workflow_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_signal_workflow_execution(
  domain,
  workflowId,
  runId = NULL,
  signalName,
  input = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain containing the workflow execution to signal.

workflowId

[required] The workflowId of the workflow execution to signal.

runId

The runId of the workflow execution to signal.

signalName

[required] The name of the signal. This name must be meaningful to the target workflow.

input

Data to attach to the WorkflowExecutionSignaled event in the target workflow execution's history.


Starts an execution of the workflow type in the specified domain using the provided workflowId and input data

Description

Starts an execution of the workflow type in the specified domain using the provided workflowId and input data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_start_workflow_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_start_workflow_execution(
  domain,
  workflowId,
  workflowType,
  taskList = NULL,
  taskPriority = NULL,
  input = NULL,
  executionStartToCloseTimeout = NULL,
  tagList = NULL,
  taskStartToCloseTimeout = NULL,
  childPolicy = NULL,
  lambdaRole = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain in which the workflow execution is created.

The specified string must not contain a : (colon), / (slash), | (vertical bar), or any control characters (⁠U+0000`-`U+001f⁠ | ⁠U+007f`-`U+009f⁠). Also, it must not be the literal string arn.

workflowId

[required] The user defined identifier associated with the workflow execution. You can use this to associate a custom identifier with the workflow execution. You may specify the same identifier if a workflow execution is logically a restart of a previous execution. You cannot have two open workflow executions with the same workflowId at the same time within the same domain.

The specified string must not contain a : (colon), / (slash), | (vertical bar), or any control characters (⁠U+0000`-`U+001f⁠ | ⁠U+007f`-`U+009f⁠). Also, it must not be the literal string arn.

workflowType

[required] The type of the workflow to start.

taskList

The task list to use for the decision tasks generated for this workflow execution. This overrides the defaultTaskList specified when registering the workflow type.

A task list for this workflow execution must be specified either as a default for the workflow type or through this parameter. If neither this parameter is set nor a default task list was specified at registration time then a fault is returned.

The specified string must not contain a : (colon), / (slash), | (vertical bar), or any control characters (⁠U+0000`-`U+001f⁠ | ⁠U+007f`-`U+009f⁠). Also, it must not be the literal string arn.

taskPriority

The task priority to use for this workflow execution. This overrides any default priority that was assigned when the workflow type was registered. If not set, then the default task priority for the workflow type is used. Valid values are integers that range from Java's Integer.MIN_VALUE (-2147483648) to Integer.MAX_VALUE (2147483647). Higher numbers indicate higher priority.

For more information about setting task priority, see Setting Task Priority in the Amazon SWF Developer Guide.

input

The input for the workflow execution. This is a free form string which should be meaningful to the workflow you are starting. This input is made available to the new workflow execution in the WorkflowExecutionStarted history event.

executionStartToCloseTimeout

The total duration for this workflow execution. This overrides the defaultExecutionStartToCloseTimeout specified when registering the workflow type.

The duration is specified in seconds; an integer greater than or equal to 0. Exceeding this limit causes the workflow execution to time out. Unlike some of the other timeout parameters in Amazon SWF, you cannot specify a value of "NONE" for this timeout; there is a one-year max limit on the time that a workflow execution can run.

An execution start-to-close timeout must be specified either through this parameter or as a default when the workflow type is registered. If neither this parameter nor a default execution start-to-close timeout is specified, a fault is returned.

tagList

The list of tags to associate with the workflow execution. You can specify a maximum of 5 tags. You can list workflow executions with a specific tag by calling list_open_workflow_executions or list_closed_workflow_executions and specifying a TagFilter.

taskStartToCloseTimeout

Specifies the maximum duration of decision tasks for this workflow execution. This parameter overrides the defaultTaskStartToCloseTimout specified when registering the workflow type using register_workflow_type.

The duration is specified in seconds, an integer greater than or equal to 0. You can use NONE to specify unlimited duration.

A task start-to-close timeout for this workflow execution must be specified either as a default for the workflow type or through this parameter. If neither this parameter is set nor a default task start-to-close timeout was specified at registration time then a fault is returned.

childPolicy

If set, specifies the policy to use for the child workflow executions of this workflow execution if it is terminated, by calling the terminate_workflow_execution action explicitly or due to an expired timeout. This policy overrides the default child policy specified when registering the workflow type using register_workflow_type.

The supported child policies are:

  • TERMINATE – The child executions are terminated.

  • REQUEST_CANCEL – A request to cancel is attempted for each child execution by recording a WorkflowExecutionCancelRequested event in its history. It is up to the decider to take appropriate actions when it receives an execution history with this event.

  • ABANDON – No action is taken. The child executions continue to run.

A child policy for this workflow execution must be specified either as a default for the workflow type or through this parameter. If neither this parameter is set nor a default child policy was specified at registration time then a fault is returned.

lambdaRole

The IAM role to attach to this workflow execution.

Executions of this workflow type need IAM roles to invoke Lambda functions. If you don't attach an IAM role, any attempt to schedule a Lambda task fails. This results in a ScheduleLambdaFunctionFailed history event. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonswf/latest/developerguide/lambda-task.html in the Amazon SWF Developer Guide.


Add a tag to a Amazon SWF domain

Description

Add a tag to a Amazon SWF domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the Amazon SWF domain.

tags

[required] The list of tags to add to a domain.

Tags may only contain unicode letters, digits, whitespace, or these symbols: ⁠_ . : / = + - @⁠.


Records a WorkflowExecutionTerminated event and forces closure of the workflow execution identified by the given domain, runId, and workflowId

Description

Records a WorkflowExecutionTerminated event and forces closure of the workflow execution identified by the given domain, runId, and workflowId. The child policy, registered with the workflow type or specified when starting this execution, is applied to any open child workflow executions of this workflow execution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_terminate_workflow_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_terminate_workflow_execution(
  domain,
  workflowId,
  runId = NULL,
  reason = NULL,
  details = NULL,
  childPolicy = NULL
)

Arguments

domain

[required] The domain of the workflow execution to terminate.

workflowId

[required] The workflowId of the workflow execution to terminate.

runId

The runId of the workflow execution to terminate.

reason

A descriptive reason for terminating the workflow execution.

details

Details for terminating the workflow execution.

childPolicy

If set, specifies the policy to use for the child workflow executions of the workflow execution being terminated. This policy overrides the child policy specified for the workflow execution at registration time or when starting the execution.

The supported child policies are:

  • TERMINATE – The child executions are terminated.

  • REQUEST_CANCEL – A request to cancel is attempted for each child execution by recording a WorkflowExecutionCancelRequested event in its history. It is up to the decider to take appropriate actions when it receives an execution history with this event.

  • ABANDON – No action is taken. The child executions continue to run.

A child policy for this workflow execution must be specified either as a default for the workflow type or through this parameter. If neither this parameter is set nor a default child policy was specified at registration time then a fault is returned.


Undeprecates a previously deprecated activity type

Description

Undeprecates a previously deprecated activity type. After an activity type has been undeprecated, you can create new tasks of that activity type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_undeprecate_activity_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_undeprecate_activity_type(domain, activityType)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain of the deprecated activity type.

activityType

[required] The activity type to undeprecate.


Undeprecates a previously deprecated domain

Description

Undeprecates a previously deprecated domain. After a domain has been undeprecated it can be used to create new workflow executions or register new types.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_undeprecate_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_undeprecate_domain(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the domain of the deprecated workflow type.


Undeprecates a previously deprecated workflow type

Description

Undeprecates a previously deprecated workflow type. After a workflow type has been undeprecated, you can create new executions of that type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_undeprecate_workflow_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_undeprecate_workflow_type(domain, workflowType)

Arguments

domain

[required] The name of the domain of the deprecated workflow type.

workflowType

[required] The name of the domain of the deprecated workflow type.


Remove a tag from a Amazon SWF domain

Description

Remove a tag from a Amazon SWF domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/swf_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

swf_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the Amazon SWF domain.

tagKeys

[required] The list of tags to remove from the Amazon SWF domain.